Merge branch 'master_MDL-57324' of git://github.com/danmarsden/moodle
[moodle.git] / lib / moodlelib.php
blobf6b88c42a045b126e799c057ef1c259ac9083672
1 <?php
2 // This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
3 //
4 // Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
7 // (at your option) any later version.
8 //
9 // Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 // GNU General Public License for more details.
14 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 // along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 /**
18 * moodlelib.php - Moodle main library
20 * Main library file of miscellaneous general-purpose Moodle functions.
21 * Other main libraries:
22 * - weblib.php - functions that produce web output
23 * - datalib.php - functions that access the database
25 * @package core
26 * @subpackage lib
27 * @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com
28 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
31 defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') || die();
33 // CONSTANTS (Encased in phpdoc proper comments).
35 // Date and time constants.
36 /**
37 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a year
39 define('YEARSECS', 31536000);
41 /**
42 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a week
44 define('WEEKSECS', 604800);
46 /**
47 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a day
49 define('DAYSECS', 86400);
51 /**
52 * Time constant - the number of seconds in an hour
54 define('HOURSECS', 3600);
56 /**
57 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a minute
59 define('MINSECS', 60);
61 /**
62 * Time constant - the number of minutes in a day
64 define('DAYMINS', 1440);
66 /**
67 * Time constant - the number of minutes in an hour
69 define('HOURMINS', 60);
71 // Parameter constants - every call to optional_param(), required_param()
72 // or clean_param() should have a specified type of parameter.
74 /**
75 * PARAM_ALPHA - contains only english ascii letters a-zA-Z.
77 define('PARAM_ALPHA', 'alpha');
79 /**
80 * PARAM_ALPHAEXT the same contents as PARAM_ALPHA plus the chars in quotes: "_-" allowed
81 * NOTE: originally this allowed "/" too, please use PARAM_SAFEPATH if "/" needed
83 define('PARAM_ALPHAEXT', 'alphaext');
85 /**
86 * PARAM_ALPHANUM - expected numbers and letters only.
88 define('PARAM_ALPHANUM', 'alphanum');
90 /**
91 * PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT - expected numbers, letters only and _-.
93 define('PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT', 'alphanumext');
95 /**
96 * PARAM_AUTH - actually checks to make sure the string is a valid auth plugin
98 define('PARAM_AUTH', 'auth');
101 * PARAM_BASE64 - Base 64 encoded format
103 define('PARAM_BASE64', 'base64');
106 * PARAM_BOOL - converts input into 0 or 1, use for switches in forms and urls.
108 define('PARAM_BOOL', 'bool');
111 * PARAM_CAPABILITY - A capability name, like 'moodle/role:manage'. Actually
112 * checked against the list of capabilities in the database.
114 define('PARAM_CAPABILITY', 'capability');
117 * PARAM_CLEANHTML - cleans submitted HTML code. Note that you almost never want
118 * to use this. The normal mode of operation is to use PARAM_RAW when recieving
119 * the input (required/optional_param or formslib) and then sanitse the HTML
120 * using format_text on output. This is for the rare cases when you want to
121 * sanitise the HTML on input. This cleaning may also fix xhtml strictness.
123 define('PARAM_CLEANHTML', 'cleanhtml');
126 * PARAM_EMAIL - an email address following the RFC
128 define('PARAM_EMAIL', 'email');
131 * PARAM_FILE - safe file name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory traversals
133 define('PARAM_FILE', 'file');
136 * PARAM_FLOAT - a real/floating point number.
138 * Note that you should not use PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user.
139 * It does not work for languages that use , as a decimal separator.
140 * Instead, do something like
141 * $rawvalue = required_param('name', PARAM_RAW);
142 * // ... other code including require_login, which sets current lang ...
143 * $realvalue = unformat_float($rawvalue);
144 * // ... then use $realvalue
146 define('PARAM_FLOAT', 'float');
149 * PARAM_HOST - expected fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or an IPv4 dotted quad (IP address)
151 define('PARAM_HOST', 'host');
154 * PARAM_INT - integers only, use when expecting only numbers.
156 define('PARAM_INT', 'int');
159 * PARAM_LANG - checks to see if the string is a valid installed language in the current site.
161 define('PARAM_LANG', 'lang');
164 * PARAM_LOCALURL - expected properly formatted URL as well as one that refers to the local server itself. (NOT orthogonal to the
165 * others! Implies PARAM_URL!)
167 define('PARAM_LOCALURL', 'localurl');
170 * PARAM_NOTAGS - all html tags are stripped from the text. Do not abuse this type.
172 define('PARAM_NOTAGS', 'notags');
175 * PARAM_PATH - safe relative path name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory
176 * traversals note: the leading slash is not removed, window drive letter is not allowed
178 define('PARAM_PATH', 'path');
181 * PARAM_PEM - Privacy Enhanced Mail format
183 define('PARAM_PEM', 'pem');
186 * PARAM_PERMISSION - A permission, one of CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT or CAP_PROHIBIT.
188 define('PARAM_PERMISSION', 'permission');
191 * PARAM_RAW specifies a parameter that is not cleaned/processed in any way except the discarding of the invalid utf-8 characters
193 define('PARAM_RAW', 'raw');
196 * PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED like PARAM_RAW but leading and trailing whitespace is stripped.
198 define('PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED', 'raw_trimmed');
201 * PARAM_SAFEDIR - safe directory name, suitable for include() and require()
203 define('PARAM_SAFEDIR', 'safedir');
206 * PARAM_SAFEPATH - several PARAM_SAFEDIR joined by "/", suitable for include() and require(), plugin paths, etc.
208 define('PARAM_SAFEPATH', 'safepath');
211 * PARAM_SEQUENCE - expects a sequence of numbers like 8 to 1,5,6,4,6,8,9. Numbers and comma only.
213 define('PARAM_SEQUENCE', 'sequence');
216 * PARAM_TAG - one tag (interests, blogs, etc.) - mostly international characters and space, <> not supported
218 define('PARAM_TAG', 'tag');
221 * PARAM_TAGLIST - list of tags separated by commas (interests, blogs, etc.)
223 define('PARAM_TAGLIST', 'taglist');
226 * PARAM_TEXT - general plain text compatible with multilang filter, no other html tags. Please note '<', or '>' are allowed here.
228 define('PARAM_TEXT', 'text');
231 * PARAM_THEME - Checks to see if the string is a valid theme name in the current site
233 define('PARAM_THEME', 'theme');
236 * PARAM_URL - expected properly formatted URL. Please note that domain part is required, http://localhost/ is not accepted but
237 * http://localhost.localdomain/ is ok.
239 define('PARAM_URL', 'url');
242 * PARAM_USERNAME - Clean username to only contains allowed characters. This is to be used ONLY when manually creating user
243 * accounts, do NOT use when syncing with external systems!!
245 define('PARAM_USERNAME', 'username');
248 * PARAM_STRINGID - used to check if the given string is valid string identifier for get_string()
250 define('PARAM_STRINGID', 'stringid');
252 // DEPRECATED PARAM TYPES OR ALIASES - DO NOT USE FOR NEW CODE.
254 * PARAM_CLEAN - obsoleted, please use a more specific type of parameter.
255 * It was one of the first types, that is why it is abused so much ;-)
256 * @deprecated since 2.0
258 define('PARAM_CLEAN', 'clean');
261 * PARAM_INTEGER - deprecated alias for PARAM_INT
262 * @deprecated since 2.0
264 define('PARAM_INTEGER', 'int');
267 * PARAM_NUMBER - deprecated alias of PARAM_FLOAT
268 * @deprecated since 2.0
270 define('PARAM_NUMBER', 'float');
273 * PARAM_ACTION - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for various actions in forms and urls
274 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
275 * @deprecated since 2.0
277 define('PARAM_ACTION', 'alphanumext');
280 * PARAM_FORMAT - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for names of plugins, formats, etc.
281 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
282 * @deprecated since 2.0
284 define('PARAM_FORMAT', 'alphanumext');
287 * PARAM_MULTILANG - deprecated alias of PARAM_TEXT.
288 * @deprecated since 2.0
290 define('PARAM_MULTILANG', 'text');
293 * PARAM_TIMEZONE - expected timezone. Timezone can be int +-(0-13) or float +-(0.5-12.5) or
294 * string separated by '/' and can have '-' &/ '_' (eg. America/North_Dakota/New_Salem
295 * America/Port-au-Prince)
297 define('PARAM_TIMEZONE', 'timezone');
300 * PARAM_CLEANFILE - deprecated alias of PARAM_FILE; originally was removing regional chars too
302 define('PARAM_CLEANFILE', 'file');
305 * PARAM_COMPONENT is used for full component names (aka frankenstyle) such as 'mod_forum', 'core_rating', 'auth_ldap'.
306 * Short legacy subsystem names and module names are accepted too ex: 'forum', 'rating', 'user'.
307 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
308 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names!
310 define('PARAM_COMPONENT', 'component');
313 * PARAM_AREA is a name of area used when addressing files, comments, ratings, etc.
314 * It is usually used together with context id and component.
315 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
317 define('PARAM_AREA', 'area');
320 * PARAM_PLUGIN is used for plugin names such as 'forum', 'glossary', 'ldap', 'paypal', 'completionstatus'.
321 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
322 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! Underscores are forbidden in module names.
324 define('PARAM_PLUGIN', 'plugin');
327 // Web Services.
330 * VALUE_REQUIRED - if the parameter is not supplied, there is an error
332 define('VALUE_REQUIRED', 1);
335 * VALUE_OPTIONAL - if the parameter is not supplied, then the param has no value
337 define('VALUE_OPTIONAL', 2);
340 * VALUE_DEFAULT - if the parameter is not supplied, then the default value is used
342 define('VALUE_DEFAULT', 0);
345 * NULL_NOT_ALLOWED - the parameter can not be set to null in the database
347 define('NULL_NOT_ALLOWED', false);
350 * NULL_ALLOWED - the parameter can be set to null in the database
352 define('NULL_ALLOWED', true);
354 // Page types.
357 * PAGE_COURSE_VIEW is a definition of a page type. For more information on the page class see moodle/lib/pagelib.php.
359 define('PAGE_COURSE_VIEW', 'course-view');
361 /** Get remote addr constant */
362 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP', '1');
363 /** Get remote addr constant */
364 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR', '2');
366 // Blog access level constant declaration.
367 define ('BLOG_USER_LEVEL', 1);
368 define ('BLOG_GROUP_LEVEL', 2);
369 define ('BLOG_COURSE_LEVEL', 3);
370 define ('BLOG_SITE_LEVEL', 4);
371 define ('BLOG_GLOBAL_LEVEL', 5);
374 // Tag constants.
376 * To prevent problems with multibytes strings,Flag updating in nav not working on the review page. this should not exceed the
377 * length of "varchar(255) / 3 (bytes / utf-8 character) = 85".
378 * TODO: this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
380 * @todo define(TAG_MAX_LENGTH) this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
382 define('TAG_MAX_LENGTH', 50);
384 // Password policy constants.
385 define ('PASSWORD_LOWER', 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz');
386 define ('PASSWORD_UPPER', 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ');
387 define ('PASSWORD_DIGITS', '0123456789');
388 define ('PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM', '.,;:!?_-+/*@#&$');
390 // Feature constants.
391 // Used for plugin_supports() to report features that are, or are not, supported by a module.
393 /** True if module can provide a grade */
394 define('FEATURE_GRADE_HAS_GRADE', 'grade_has_grade');
395 /** True if module supports outcomes */
396 define('FEATURE_GRADE_OUTCOMES', 'outcomes');
397 /** True if module supports advanced grading methods */
398 define('FEATURE_ADVANCED_GRADING', 'grade_advanced_grading');
399 /** True if module controls the grade visibility over the gradebook */
400 define('FEATURE_CONTROLS_GRADE_VISIBILITY', 'controlsgradevisbility');
401 /** True if module supports plagiarism plugins */
402 define('FEATURE_PLAGIARISM', 'plagiarism');
404 /** True if module has code to track whether somebody viewed it */
405 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_TRACKS_VIEWS', 'completion_tracks_views');
406 /** True if module has custom completion rules */
407 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_HAS_RULES', 'completion_has_rules');
409 /** True if module has no 'view' page (like label) */
410 define('FEATURE_NO_VIEW_LINK', 'viewlink');
411 /** True (which is default) if the module wants support for setting the ID number for grade calculation purposes. */
412 define('FEATURE_IDNUMBER', 'idnumber');
413 /** True if module supports groups */
414 define('FEATURE_GROUPS', 'groups');
415 /** True if module supports groupings */
416 define('FEATURE_GROUPINGS', 'groupings');
418 * True if module supports groupmembersonly (which no longer exists)
419 * @deprecated Since Moodle 2.8
421 define('FEATURE_GROUPMEMBERSONLY', 'groupmembersonly');
423 /** Type of module */
424 define('FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE', 'mod_archetype');
425 /** True if module supports intro editor */
426 define('FEATURE_MOD_INTRO', 'mod_intro');
427 /** True if module has default completion */
428 define('FEATURE_MODEDIT_DEFAULT_COMPLETION', 'modedit_default_completion');
430 define('FEATURE_COMMENT', 'comment');
432 define('FEATURE_RATE', 'rate');
433 /** True if module supports backup/restore of moodle2 format */
434 define('FEATURE_BACKUP_MOODLE2', 'backup_moodle2');
436 /** True if module can show description on course main page */
437 define('FEATURE_SHOW_DESCRIPTION', 'showdescription');
439 /** True if module uses the question bank */
440 define('FEATURE_USES_QUESTIONS', 'usesquestions');
442 /** Unspecified module archetype */
443 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_OTHER', 0);
444 /** Resource-like type module */
445 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_RESOURCE', 1);
446 /** Assignment module archetype */
447 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_ASSIGNMENT', 2);
448 /** System (not user-addable) module archetype */
449 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM', 3);
452 * Return this from modname_get_types callback to use default display in activity chooser.
453 * Deprecated, will be removed in 3.5, TODO MDL-53697.
454 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.1
456 define('MOD_SUBTYPE_NO_CHILDREN', 'modsubtypenochildren');
459 * Security token used for allowing access
460 * from external application such as web services.
461 * Scripts do not use any session, performance is relatively
462 * low because we need to load access info in each request.
463 * Scripts are executed in parallel.
465 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_PERMANENT', 0);
468 * Security token used for allowing access
469 * of embedded applications, the code is executed in the
470 * active user session. Token is invalidated after user logs out.
471 * Scripts are executed serially - normal session locking is used.
473 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_EMBEDDED', 1);
476 * The home page should be the site home
478 define('HOMEPAGE_SITE', 0);
480 * The home page should be the users my page
482 define('HOMEPAGE_MY', 1);
484 * The home page can be chosen by the user
486 define('HOMEPAGE_USER', 2);
489 * Hub directory url (should be moodle.org)
491 define('HUB_HUBDIRECTORYURL', "http://hubdirectory.moodle.org");
495 * Moodle.org url (should be moodle.org)
497 define('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL', "http://hub.moodle.org");
500 * Moodle mobile app service name
502 define('MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE', 'moodle_mobile_app');
505 * Indicates the user has the capabilities required to ignore activity and course file size restrictions
507 define('USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS', -1);
510 * Course display settings: display all sections on one page.
512 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_SINGLEPAGE', 0);
514 * Course display settings: split pages into a page per section.
516 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_MULTIPAGE', 1);
519 * Authentication constant: String used in password field when password is not stored.
521 define('AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED', 'not cached');
524 * Email from header to never include via information.
526 define('EMAIL_VIA_NEVER', 0);
529 * Email from header to always include via information.
531 define('EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS', 1);
534 * Email from header to only include via information if the address is no-reply.
536 define('EMAIL_VIA_NO_REPLY_ONLY', 2);
538 // PARAMETER HANDLING.
541 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
542 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
543 * thrown because we require this variable.
545 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
546 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
547 * used like this:
548 * $id = required_param('id', PARAM_INT);
550 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
552 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
553 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
554 * @return mixed
555 * @throws coding_exception
557 function required_param($parname, $type) {
558 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
559 throw new coding_exception('required_param() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
561 // POST has precedence.
562 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
563 $param = $_POST[$parname];
564 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
565 $param = $_GET[$parname];
566 } else {
567 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
570 if (is_array($param)) {
571 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
572 // TODO: switch to fatal error in Moodle 2.3.
573 return required_param_array($parname, $type);
576 return clean_param($param, $type);
580 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
581 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
582 * thrown because we require this variable.
584 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
585 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
586 * used like this:
587 * $ids = required_param_array('ids', PARAM_INT);
589 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
591 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
592 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
593 * @return array
594 * @throws coding_exception
596 function required_param_array($parname, $type) {
597 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
598 throw new coding_exception('required_param_array() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
600 // POST has precedence.
601 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
602 $param = $_POST[$parname];
603 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
604 $param = $_GET[$parname];
605 } else {
606 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
608 if (!is_array($param)) {
609 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
612 $result = array();
613 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
614 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
615 debugging('Invalid key name in required_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
616 continue;
618 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
621 return $result;
625 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
626 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
628 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
629 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
630 * used like this:
631 * $name = optional_param('name', 'Fred', PARAM_TEXT);
633 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
635 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
636 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
637 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
638 * @return mixed
639 * @throws coding_exception
641 function optional_param($parname, $default, $type) {
642 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
643 throw new coding_exception('optional_param requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
646 // POST has precedence.
647 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
648 $param = $_POST[$parname];
649 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
650 $param = $_GET[$parname];
651 } else {
652 return $default;
655 if (is_array($param)) {
656 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
657 // TODO: switch to $default in Moodle 2.3.
658 return optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type);
661 return clean_param($param, $type);
665 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
666 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
668 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
669 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
670 * used like this:
671 * $ids = optional_param('id', array(), PARAM_INT);
673 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
675 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
676 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
677 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
678 * @return array
679 * @throws coding_exception
681 function optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type) {
682 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
683 throw new coding_exception('optional_param_array requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
686 // POST has precedence.
687 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
688 $param = $_POST[$parname];
689 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
690 $param = $_GET[$parname];
691 } else {
692 return $default;
694 if (!is_array($param)) {
695 debugging('optional_param_array() expects array parameters only: '.$parname);
696 return $default;
699 $result = array();
700 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
701 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
702 debugging('Invalid key name in optional_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
703 continue;
705 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
708 return $result;
712 * Strict validation of parameter values, the values are only converted
713 * to requested PHP type. Internally it is using clean_param, the values
714 * before and after cleaning must be equal - otherwise
715 * an invalid_parameter_exception is thrown.
716 * Objects and classes are not accepted.
718 * @param mixed $param
719 * @param string $type PARAM_ constant
720 * @param bool $allownull are nulls valid value?
721 * @param string $debuginfo optional debug information
722 * @return mixed the $param value converted to PHP type
723 * @throws invalid_parameter_exception if $param is not of given type
725 function validate_param($param, $type, $allownull=NULL_NOT_ALLOWED, $debuginfo='') {
726 if (is_null($param)) {
727 if ($allownull == NULL_ALLOWED) {
728 return null;
729 } else {
730 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
733 if (is_array($param) or is_object($param)) {
734 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
737 $cleaned = clean_param($param, $type);
739 if ($type == PARAM_FLOAT) {
740 // Do not detect precision loss here.
741 if (is_float($param) or is_int($param)) {
742 // These always fit.
743 } else if (!is_numeric($param) or !preg_match('/^[\+-]?[0-9]*\.?[0-9]*(e[-+]?[0-9]+)?$/i', (string)$param)) {
744 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
746 } else if ((string)$param !== (string)$cleaned) {
747 // Conversion to string is usually lossless.
748 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
751 return $cleaned;
755 * Makes sure array contains only the allowed types, this function does not validate array key names!
757 * <code>
758 * $options = clean_param($options, PARAM_INT);
759 * </code>
761 * @param array $param the variable array we are cleaning
762 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
763 * @param bool $recursive clean recursive arrays
764 * @return array
765 * @throws coding_exception
767 function clean_param_array(array $param = null, $type, $recursive = false) {
768 // Convert null to empty array.
769 $param = (array)$param;
770 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
771 if (is_array($value)) {
772 if ($recursive) {
773 $param[$key] = clean_param_array($value, $type, true);
774 } else {
775 throw new coding_exception('clean_param_array can not process multidimensional arrays when $recursive is false.');
777 } else {
778 $param[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
781 return $param;
785 * Used by {@link optional_param()} and {@link required_param()} to
786 * clean the variables and/or cast to specific types, based on
787 * an options field.
788 * <code>
789 * $course->format = clean_param($course->format, PARAM_ALPHA);
790 * $selectedgradeitem = clean_param($selectedgradeitem, PARAM_INT);
791 * </code>
793 * @param mixed $param the variable we are cleaning
794 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
795 * @return mixed
796 * @throws coding_exception
798 function clean_param($param, $type) {
799 global $CFG;
801 if (is_array($param)) {
802 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process arrays, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
803 } else if (is_object($param)) {
804 if (method_exists($param, '__toString')) {
805 $param = $param->__toString();
806 } else {
807 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process objects, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
811 switch ($type) {
812 case PARAM_RAW:
813 // No cleaning at all.
814 $param = fix_utf8($param);
815 return $param;
817 case PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED:
818 // No cleaning, but strip leading and trailing whitespace.
819 $param = fix_utf8($param);
820 return trim($param);
822 case PARAM_CLEAN:
823 // General HTML cleaning, try to use more specific type if possible this is deprecated!
824 // Please use more specific type instead.
825 if (is_numeric($param)) {
826 return $param;
828 $param = fix_utf8($param);
829 // Sweep for scripts, etc.
830 return clean_text($param);
832 case PARAM_CLEANHTML:
833 // Clean html fragment.
834 $param = fix_utf8($param);
835 // Sweep for scripts, etc.
836 $param = clean_text($param, FORMAT_HTML);
837 return trim($param);
839 case PARAM_INT:
840 // Convert to integer.
841 return (int)$param;
843 case PARAM_FLOAT:
844 // Convert to float.
845 return (float)$param;
847 case PARAM_ALPHA:
848 // Remove everything not `a-z`.
849 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z]/i', '', $param);
851 case PARAM_ALPHAEXT:
852 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z_-` (originally allowed "/" too).
853 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z_-]/i', '', $param);
855 case PARAM_ALPHANUM:
856 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9`.
857 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9]/i', '', $param);
859 case PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT:
860 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9_-`.
861 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
863 case PARAM_SEQUENCE:
864 // Remove everything not `0-9,`.
865 return preg_replace('/[^0-9,]/i', '', $param);
867 case PARAM_BOOL:
868 // Convert to 1 or 0.
869 $tempstr = strtolower($param);
870 if ($tempstr === 'on' or $tempstr === 'yes' or $tempstr === 'true') {
871 $param = 1;
872 } else if ($tempstr === 'off' or $tempstr === 'no' or $tempstr === 'false') {
873 $param = 0;
874 } else {
875 $param = empty($param) ? 0 : 1;
877 return $param;
879 case PARAM_NOTAGS:
880 // Strip all tags.
881 $param = fix_utf8($param);
882 return strip_tags($param);
884 case PARAM_TEXT:
885 // Leave only tags needed for multilang.
886 $param = fix_utf8($param);
887 // If the multilang syntax is not correct we strip all tags because it would break xhtml strict which is required
888 // for accessibility standards please note this cleaning does not strip unbalanced '>' for BC compatibility reasons.
889 do {
890 if (strpos($param, '</lang>') !== false) {
891 // Old and future mutilang syntax.
892 $param = strip_tags($param, '<lang>');
893 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
894 break;
896 $open = false;
897 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
898 if ($match === '</lang>') {
899 if ($open) {
900 $open = false;
901 continue;
902 } else {
903 break 2;
906 if (!preg_match('/^<lang lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"\s*>$/u', $match)) {
907 break 2;
908 } else {
909 $open = true;
912 if ($open) {
913 break;
915 return $param;
917 } else if (strpos($param, '</span>') !== false) {
918 // Current problematic multilang syntax.
919 $param = strip_tags($param, '<span>');
920 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
921 break;
923 $open = false;
924 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
925 if ($match === '</span>') {
926 if ($open) {
927 $open = false;
928 continue;
929 } else {
930 break 2;
933 if (!preg_match('/^<span(\s+lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"|\s+class="multilang"){2}\s*>$/u', $match)) {
934 break 2;
935 } else {
936 $open = true;
939 if ($open) {
940 break;
942 return $param;
944 } while (false);
945 // Easy, just strip all tags, if we ever want to fix orphaned '&' we have to do that in format_string().
946 return strip_tags($param);
948 case PARAM_COMPONENT:
949 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not
950 // please note only normalised component names are accepted.
951 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z]+(_[a-z][a-z0-9_]*)?[a-z0-9]+$/', $param)) {
952 return '';
954 if (strpos($param, '__') !== false) {
955 return '';
957 if (strpos($param, 'mod_') === 0) {
958 // Module names must not contain underscores because we need to differentiate them from invalid plugin types.
959 if (substr_count($param, '_') != 1) {
960 return '';
963 return $param;
965 case PARAM_PLUGIN:
966 case PARAM_AREA:
967 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not.
968 if (!is_valid_plugin_name($param)) {
969 return '';
971 return $param;
973 case PARAM_SAFEDIR:
974 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9_- .
975 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
977 case PARAM_SAFEPATH:
978 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9/_- .
979 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9\/_-]/i', '', $param);
981 case PARAM_FILE:
982 // Strip all suspicious characters from filename.
983 $param = fix_utf8($param);
984 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[&<>"`\|\':\\\\/]~u', '', $param);
985 if ($param === '.' || $param === '..') {
986 $param = '';
988 return $param;
990 case PARAM_PATH:
991 // Strip all suspicious characters from file path.
992 $param = fix_utf8($param);
993 $param = str_replace('\\', '/', $param);
995 // Explode the path and clean each element using the PARAM_FILE rules.
996 $breadcrumb = explode('/', $param);
997 foreach ($breadcrumb as $key => $crumb) {
998 if ($crumb === '.' && $key === 0) {
999 // Special condition to allow for relative current path such as ./currentdirfile.txt.
1000 } else {
1001 $crumb = clean_param($crumb, PARAM_FILE);
1003 $breadcrumb[$key] = $crumb;
1005 $param = implode('/', $breadcrumb);
1007 // Remove multiple current path (./././) and multiple slashes (///).
1008 $param = preg_replace('~//+~', '/', $param);
1009 $param = preg_replace('~/(\./)+~', '/', $param);
1010 return $param;
1012 case PARAM_HOST:
1013 // Allow FQDN or IPv4 dotted quad.
1014 $param = preg_replace('/[^\.\d\w-]/', '', $param );
1015 // Match ipv4 dotted quad.
1016 if (preg_match('/(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})/', $param, $match)) {
1017 // Confirm values are ok.
1018 if ( $match[0] > 255
1019 || $match[1] > 255
1020 || $match[3] > 255
1021 || $match[4] > 255 ) {
1022 // Hmmm, what kind of dotted quad is this?
1023 $param = '';
1025 } else if ( preg_match('/^[\w\d\.-]+$/', $param) // Dots, hyphens, numbers.
1026 && !preg_match('/^[\.-]/', $param) // No leading dots/hyphens.
1027 && !preg_match('/[\.-]$/', $param) // No trailing dots/hyphens.
1029 // All is ok - $param is respected.
1030 } else {
1031 // All is not ok...
1032 $param='';
1034 return $param;
1036 case PARAM_URL: // Allow safe ftp, http, mailto urls.
1037 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1038 include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/lib/validateurlsyntax.php');
1039 if (!empty($param) && validateUrlSyntax($param, 's?H?S?F?E?u-P-a?I?p?f?q?r?')) {
1040 // All is ok, param is respected.
1041 } else {
1042 // Not really ok.
1043 $param ='';
1045 return $param;
1047 case PARAM_LOCALURL:
1048 // Allow http absolute, root relative and relative URLs within wwwroot.
1049 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_URL);
1050 if (!empty($param)) {
1052 // Simulate the HTTPS version of the site.
1053 $httpswwwroot = str_replace('http://', 'https://', $CFG->wwwroot);
1055 if ($param === $CFG->wwwroot) {
1056 // Exact match;
1057 } else if (!empty($CFG->loginhttps) && $param === $httpswwwroot) {
1058 // Exact match;
1059 } else if (preg_match(':^/:', $param)) {
1060 // Root-relative, ok!
1061 } else if (preg_match('/^' . preg_quote($CFG->wwwroot . '/', '/') . '/i', $param)) {
1062 // Absolute, and matches our wwwroot.
1063 } else if (!empty($CFG->loginhttps) && preg_match('/^' . preg_quote($httpswwwroot . '/', '/') . '/i', $param)) {
1064 // Absolute, and matches our httpswwwroot.
1065 } else {
1066 // Relative - let's make sure there are no tricks.
1067 if (validateUrlSyntax('/' . $param, 's-u-P-a-p-f+q?r?')) {
1068 // Looks ok.
1069 } else {
1070 $param = '';
1074 return $param;
1076 case PARAM_PEM:
1077 $param = trim($param);
1078 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols:
1079 // forward slash: /
1080 // plus sign: +
1081 // equal sign: =
1082 // , surrounded by BEGIN and END CERTIFICATE prefix and suffixes.
1083 if (preg_match('/^-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----([\s\w\/\+=]+)-----END CERTIFICATE-----$/', trim($param), $matches)) {
1084 list($wholething, $body) = $matches;
1085 unset($wholething, $matches);
1086 $b64 = clean_param($body, PARAM_BASE64);
1087 if (!empty($b64)) {
1088 return "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\n$b64\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----\n";
1089 } else {
1090 return '';
1093 return '';
1095 case PARAM_BASE64:
1096 if (!empty($param)) {
1097 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols
1098 // forward slash: /
1099 // plus sign: +
1100 // equal sign: =.
1101 if (0 >= preg_match('/^([\s\w\/\+=]+)$/', trim($param))) {
1102 return '';
1104 $lines = preg_split('/[\s]+/', $param, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY);
1105 // Each line of base64 encoded data must be 64 characters in length, except for the last line which may be less
1106 // than (or equal to) 64 characters long.
1107 for ($i=0, $j=count($lines); $i < $j; $i++) {
1108 if ($i + 1 == $j) {
1109 if (64 < strlen($lines[$i])) {
1110 return '';
1112 continue;
1115 if (64 != strlen($lines[$i])) {
1116 return '';
1119 return implode("\n", $lines);
1120 } else {
1121 return '';
1124 case PARAM_TAG:
1125 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1126 // Please note it is not safe to use the tag name directly anywhere,
1127 // it must be processed with s(), urlencode() before embedding anywhere.
1128 // Remove some nasties.
1129 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[<>`]~u', '', $param);
1130 // Convert many whitespace chars into one.
1131 $param = preg_replace('/\s+/u', ' ', $param);
1132 $param = core_text::substr(trim($param), 0, TAG_MAX_LENGTH);
1133 return $param;
1135 case PARAM_TAGLIST:
1136 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1137 $tags = explode(',', $param);
1138 $result = array();
1139 foreach ($tags as $tag) {
1140 $res = clean_param($tag, PARAM_TAG);
1141 if ($res !== '') {
1142 $result[] = $res;
1145 if ($result) {
1146 return implode(',', $result);
1147 } else {
1148 return '';
1151 case PARAM_CAPABILITY:
1152 if (get_capability_info($param)) {
1153 return $param;
1154 } else {
1155 return '';
1158 case PARAM_PERMISSION:
1159 $param = (int)$param;
1160 if (in_array($param, array(CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT, CAP_PROHIBIT))) {
1161 return $param;
1162 } else {
1163 return CAP_INHERIT;
1166 case PARAM_AUTH:
1167 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN);
1168 if (empty($param)) {
1169 return '';
1170 } else if (exists_auth_plugin($param)) {
1171 return $param;
1172 } else {
1173 return '';
1176 case PARAM_LANG:
1177 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_SAFEDIR);
1178 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($param)) {
1179 return $param;
1180 } else {
1181 // Specified language is not installed or param malformed.
1182 return '';
1185 case PARAM_THEME:
1186 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN);
1187 if (empty($param)) {
1188 return '';
1189 } else if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/theme/$param/config.php")) {
1190 return $param;
1191 } else if (!empty($CFG->themedir) and file_exists("$CFG->themedir/$param/config.php")) {
1192 return $param;
1193 } else {
1194 // Specified theme is not installed.
1195 return '';
1198 case PARAM_USERNAME:
1199 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1200 $param = trim($param);
1201 // Convert uppercase to lowercase MDL-16919.
1202 $param = core_text::strtolower($param);
1203 if (empty($CFG->extendedusernamechars)) {
1204 $param = str_replace(" " , "", $param);
1205 // Regular expression, eliminate all chars EXCEPT:
1206 // alphanum, dash (-), underscore (_), at sign (@) and period (.) characters.
1207 $param = preg_replace('/[^-\.@_a-z0-9]/', '', $param);
1209 return $param;
1211 case PARAM_EMAIL:
1212 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1213 if (validate_email($param)) {
1214 return $param;
1215 } else {
1216 return '';
1219 case PARAM_STRINGID:
1220 if (preg_match('|^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9\.:/_-]*$|', $param)) {
1221 return $param;
1222 } else {
1223 return '';
1226 case PARAM_TIMEZONE:
1227 // Can be int, float(with .5 or .0) or string seperated by '/' and can have '-_'.
1228 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1229 $timezonepattern = '/^(([+-]?(0?[0-9](\.[5|0])?|1[0-3](\.0)?|1[0-2]\.5))|(99)|[[:alnum:]]+(\/?[[:alpha:]_-])+)$/';
1230 if (preg_match($timezonepattern, $param)) {
1231 return $param;
1232 } else {
1233 return '';
1236 default:
1237 // Doh! throw error, switched parameters in optional_param or another serious problem.
1238 print_error("unknownparamtype", '', '', $type);
1243 * Whether the PARAM_* type is compatible in RTL.
1245 * Being compatible with RTL means that the data they contain can flow
1246 * from right-to-left or left-to-right without compromising the user experience.
1248 * Take URLs for example, they are not RTL compatible as they should always
1249 * flow from the left to the right. This also applies to numbers, email addresses,
1250 * configuration snippets, base64 strings, etc...
1252 * This function tries to best guess which parameters can contain localised strings.
1254 * @param string $paramtype Constant PARAM_*.
1255 * @return bool
1257 function is_rtl_compatible($paramtype) {
1258 return $paramtype == PARAM_TEXT || $paramtype == PARAM_NOTAGS;
1262 * Makes sure the data is using valid utf8, invalid characters are discarded.
1264 * Note: this function is not intended for full objects with methods and private properties.
1266 * @param mixed $value
1267 * @return mixed with proper utf-8 encoding
1269 function fix_utf8($value) {
1270 if (is_null($value) or $value === '') {
1271 return $value;
1273 } else if (is_string($value)) {
1274 if ((string)(int)$value === $value) {
1275 // Shortcut.
1276 return $value;
1278 // No null bytes expected in our data, so let's remove it.
1279 $value = str_replace("\0", '', $value);
1281 // Note: this duplicates min_fix_utf8() intentionally.
1282 static $buggyiconv = null;
1283 if ($buggyiconv === null) {
1284 $buggyiconv = (!function_exists('iconv') or @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', '100'.chr(130).'€') !== '100€');
1287 if ($buggyiconv) {
1288 if (function_exists('mb_convert_encoding')) {
1289 $subst = mb_substitute_character();
1290 mb_substitute_character('');
1291 $result = mb_convert_encoding($value, 'utf-8', 'utf-8');
1292 mb_substitute_character($subst);
1294 } else {
1295 // Warn admins on admin/index.php page.
1296 $result = $value;
1299 } else {
1300 $result = @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', $value);
1303 return $result;
1305 } else if (is_array($value)) {
1306 foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
1307 $value[$k] = fix_utf8($v);
1309 return $value;
1311 } else if (is_object($value)) {
1312 // Do not modify original.
1313 $value = clone($value);
1314 foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
1315 $value->$k = fix_utf8($v);
1317 return $value;
1319 } else {
1320 // This is some other type, no utf-8 here.
1321 return $value;
1326 * Return true if given value is integer or string with integer value
1328 * @param mixed $value String or Int
1329 * @return bool true if number, false if not
1331 function is_number($value) {
1332 if (is_int($value)) {
1333 return true;
1334 } else if (is_string($value)) {
1335 return ((string)(int)$value) === $value;
1336 } else {
1337 return false;
1342 * Returns host part from url.
1344 * @param string $url full url
1345 * @return string host, null if not found
1347 function get_host_from_url($url) {
1348 preg_match('|^[a-z]+://([a-zA-Z0-9-.]+)|i', $url, $matches);
1349 if ($matches) {
1350 return $matches[1];
1352 return null;
1356 * Tests whether anything was returned by text editor
1358 * This function is useful for testing whether something you got back from
1359 * the HTML editor actually contains anything. Sometimes the HTML editor
1360 * appear to be empty, but actually you get back a <br> tag or something.
1362 * @param string $string a string containing HTML.
1363 * @return boolean does the string contain any actual content - that is text,
1364 * images, objects, etc.
1366 function html_is_blank($string) {
1367 return trim(strip_tags($string, '<img><object><applet><input><select><textarea><hr>')) == '';
1371 * Set a key in global configuration
1373 * Set a key/value pair in both this session's {@link $CFG} global variable
1374 * and in the 'config' database table for future sessions.
1376 * Can also be used to update keys for plugin-scoped configs in config_plugin table.
1377 * In that case it doesn't affect $CFG.
1379 * A NULL value will delete the entry.
1381 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1383 * @param string $name the key to set
1384 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes)
1385 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope, default null
1386 * @return bool true or exception
1388 function set_config($name, $value, $plugin=null) {
1389 global $CFG, $DB;
1391 if (empty($plugin)) {
1392 if (!array_key_exists($name, $CFG->config_php_settings)) {
1393 // So it's defined for this invocation at least.
1394 if (is_null($value)) {
1395 unset($CFG->$name);
1396 } else {
1397 // Settings from db are always strings.
1398 $CFG->$name = (string)$value;
1402 if ($DB->get_field('config', 'name', array('name' => $name))) {
1403 if ($value === null) {
1404 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
1405 } else {
1406 $DB->set_field('config', 'value', $value, array('name' => $name));
1408 } else {
1409 if ($value !== null) {
1410 $config = new stdClass();
1411 $config->name = $name;
1412 $config->value = $value;
1413 $DB->insert_record('config', $config, false);
1416 if ($name === 'siteidentifier') {
1417 cache_helper::update_site_identifier($value);
1419 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
1420 } else {
1421 // Plugin scope.
1422 if ($id = $DB->get_field('config_plugins', 'id', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin))) {
1423 if ($value===null) {
1424 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
1425 } else {
1426 $DB->set_field('config_plugins', 'value', $value, array('id' => $id));
1428 } else {
1429 if ($value !== null) {
1430 $config = new stdClass();
1431 $config->plugin = $plugin;
1432 $config->name = $name;
1433 $config->value = $value;
1434 $DB->insert_record('config_plugins', $config, false);
1437 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
1440 return true;
1444 * Get configuration values from the global config table
1445 * or the config_plugins table.
1447 * If called with one parameter, it will load all the config
1448 * variables for one plugin, and return them as an object.
1450 * If called with 2 parameters it will return a string single
1451 * value or false if the value is not found.
1453 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1455 * @static string|false $siteidentifier The site identifier is not cached. We use this static cache so
1456 * that we need only fetch it once per request.
1457 * @param string $plugin full component name
1458 * @param string $name default null
1459 * @return mixed hash-like object or single value, return false no config found
1460 * @throws dml_exception
1462 function get_config($plugin, $name = null) {
1463 global $CFG, $DB;
1465 static $siteidentifier = null;
1467 if ($plugin === 'moodle' || $plugin === 'core' || empty($plugin)) {
1468 $forced =& $CFG->config_php_settings;
1469 $iscore = true;
1470 $plugin = 'core';
1471 } else {
1472 if (array_key_exists($plugin, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings)) {
1473 $forced =& $CFG->forced_plugin_settings[$plugin];
1474 } else {
1475 $forced = array();
1477 $iscore = false;
1480 if ($siteidentifier === null) {
1481 try {
1482 // This may fail during installation.
1483 // If you have a look at {@link initialise_cfg()} you will see that this is how we detect the need to
1484 // install the database.
1485 $siteidentifier = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name' => 'siteidentifier'));
1486 } catch (dml_exception $ex) {
1487 // Set siteidentifier to false. We don't want to trip this continually.
1488 $siteidentifier = false;
1489 throw $ex;
1493 if (!empty($name)) {
1494 if (array_key_exists($name, $forced)) {
1495 return (string)$forced[$name];
1496 } else if ($name === 'siteidentifier' && $plugin == 'core') {
1497 return $siteidentifier;
1501 $cache = cache::make('core', 'config');
1502 $result = $cache->get($plugin);
1503 if ($result === false) {
1504 // The user is after a recordset.
1505 if (!$iscore) {
1506 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin), '', 'name,value');
1507 } else {
1508 // This part is not really used any more, but anyway...
1509 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config', array(), '', 'name,value');;
1511 $cache->set($plugin, $result);
1514 if (!empty($name)) {
1515 if (array_key_exists($name, $result)) {
1516 return $result[$name];
1518 return false;
1521 if ($plugin === 'core') {
1522 $result['siteidentifier'] = $siteidentifier;
1525 foreach ($forced as $key => $value) {
1526 if (is_null($value) or is_array($value) or is_object($value)) {
1527 // We do not want any extra mess here, just real settings that could be saved in db.
1528 unset($result[$key]);
1529 } else {
1530 // Convert to string as if it went through the DB.
1531 $result[$key] = (string)$value;
1535 return (object)$result;
1539 * Removes a key from global configuration.
1541 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1543 * @param string $name the key to set
1544 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope
1545 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
1547 function unset_config($name, $plugin=null) {
1548 global $CFG, $DB;
1550 if (empty($plugin)) {
1551 unset($CFG->$name);
1552 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
1553 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
1554 } else {
1555 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
1556 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
1559 return true;
1563 * Remove all the config variables for a given plugin.
1565 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1567 * @param string $plugin a plugin, for example 'quiz' or 'qtype_multichoice';
1568 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
1570 function unset_all_config_for_plugin($plugin) {
1571 global $DB;
1572 // Delete from the obvious config_plugins first.
1573 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin));
1574 // Next delete any suspect settings from config.
1575 $like = $DB->sql_like('name', '?', true, true, false, '|');
1576 $params = array($DB->sql_like_escape($plugin.'_', '|') . '%');
1577 $DB->delete_records_select('config', $like, $params);
1578 // Finally clear both the plugin cache and the core cache (suspect settings now removed from core).
1579 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), array('core', $plugin));
1581 return true;
1585 * Use this function to get a list of users from a config setting of type admin_setting_users_with_capability.
1587 * All users are verified if they still have the necessary capability.
1589 * @param string $value the value of the config setting.
1590 * @param string $capability the capability - must match the one passed to the admin_setting_users_with_capability constructor.
1591 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators.
1592 * @return array of user objects.
1594 function get_users_from_config($value, $capability, $includeadmins = true) {
1595 if (empty($value) or $value === '$@NONE@$') {
1596 return array();
1599 // We have to make sure that users still have the necessary capability,
1600 // it should be faster to fetch them all first and then test if they are present
1601 // instead of validating them one-by-one.
1602 $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system::instance(), $capability);
1603 if ($includeadmins) {
1604 $admins = get_admins();
1605 foreach ($admins as $admin) {
1606 $users[$admin->id] = $admin;
1610 if ($value === '$@ALL@$') {
1611 return $users;
1614 $result = array(); // Result in correct order.
1615 $allowed = explode(',', $value);
1616 foreach ($allowed as $uid) {
1617 if (isset($users[$uid])) {
1618 $user = $users[$uid];
1619 $result[$user->id] = $user;
1623 return $result;
1628 * Invalidates browser caches and cached data in temp.
1630 * IMPORTANT - If you are adding anything here to do with the cache directory you should also have a look at
1631 * {@link phpunit_util::reset_dataroot()}
1633 * @return void
1635 function purge_all_caches() {
1636 global $CFG, $DB;
1638 reset_text_filters_cache();
1639 js_reset_all_caches();
1640 theme_reset_all_caches();
1641 get_string_manager()->reset_caches();
1642 core_text::reset_caches();
1643 if (class_exists('core_plugin_manager')) {
1644 core_plugin_manager::reset_caches();
1647 // Bump up cacherev field for all courses.
1648 try {
1649 increment_revision_number('course', 'cacherev', '');
1650 } catch (moodle_exception $e) {
1651 // Ignore exception since this function is also called before upgrade script when field course.cacherev does not exist yet.
1654 $DB->reset_caches();
1655 cache_helper::purge_all();
1657 // Purge all other caches: rss, simplepie, etc.
1658 clearstatcache();
1659 remove_dir($CFG->cachedir.'', true);
1661 // Make sure cache dir is writable, throws exception if not.
1662 make_cache_directory('');
1664 // This is the only place where we purge local caches, we are only adding files there.
1665 // The $CFG->localcachedirpurged flag forces local directories to be purged on cluster nodes.
1666 remove_dir($CFG->localcachedir, true);
1667 set_config('localcachedirpurged', time());
1668 make_localcache_directory('', true);
1669 \core\task\manager::clear_static_caches();
1673 * Get volatile flags
1675 * @param string $type
1676 * @param int $changedsince default null
1677 * @return array records array
1679 function get_cache_flags($type, $changedsince = null) {
1680 global $DB;
1682 $params = array('type' => $type, 'expiry' => time());
1683 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND expiry >= :expiry";
1684 if ($changedsince !== null) {
1685 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
1686 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
1688 $cf = array();
1689 if ($flags = $DB->get_records_select('cache_flags', $sqlwhere, $params, '', 'name,value')) {
1690 foreach ($flags as $flag) {
1691 $cf[$flag->name] = $flag->value;
1694 return $cf;
1698 * Get volatile flags
1700 * @param string $type
1701 * @param string $name
1702 * @param int $changedsince default null
1703 * @return string|false The cache flag value or false
1705 function get_cache_flag($type, $name, $changedsince=null) {
1706 global $DB;
1708 $params = array('type' => $type, 'name' => $name, 'expiry' => time());
1710 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND name = :name AND expiry >= :expiry";
1711 if ($changedsince !== null) {
1712 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
1713 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
1716 return $DB->get_field_select('cache_flags', 'value', $sqlwhere, $params);
1720 * Set a volatile flag
1722 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
1723 * @param string $name the key to set
1724 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) - null will remove the flag
1725 * @param int $expiry (optional) epoch indicating expiry - defaults to now()+ 24hs
1726 * @return bool Always returns true
1728 function set_cache_flag($type, $name, $value, $expiry = null) {
1729 global $DB;
1731 $timemodified = time();
1732 if ($expiry === null || $expiry < $timemodified) {
1733 $expiry = $timemodified + 24 * 60 * 60;
1734 } else {
1735 $expiry = (int)$expiry;
1738 if ($value === null) {
1739 unset_cache_flag($type, $name);
1740 return true;
1743 if ($f = $DB->get_record('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type), '*', IGNORE_MULTIPLE)) {
1744 // This is a potential problem in DEBUG_DEVELOPER.
1745 if ($f->value == $value and $f->expiry == $expiry and $f->timemodified == $timemodified) {
1746 return true; // No need to update.
1748 $f->value = $value;
1749 $f->expiry = $expiry;
1750 $f->timemodified = $timemodified;
1751 $DB->update_record('cache_flags', $f);
1752 } else {
1753 $f = new stdClass();
1754 $f->flagtype = $type;
1755 $f->name = $name;
1756 $f->value = $value;
1757 $f->expiry = $expiry;
1758 $f->timemodified = $timemodified;
1759 $DB->insert_record('cache_flags', $f);
1761 return true;
1765 * Removes a single volatile flag
1767 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
1768 * @param string $name the key to set
1769 * @return bool
1771 function unset_cache_flag($type, $name) {
1772 global $DB;
1773 $DB->delete_records('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type));
1774 return true;
1778 * Garbage-collect volatile flags
1780 * @return bool Always returns true
1782 function gc_cache_flags() {
1783 global $DB;
1784 $DB->delete_records_select('cache_flags', 'expiry < ?', array(time()));
1785 return true;
1788 // USER PREFERENCE API.
1791 * Refresh user preference cache. This is used most often for $USER
1792 * object that is stored in session, but it also helps with performance in cron script.
1794 * Preferences for each user are loaded on first use on every page, then again after the timeout expires.
1796 * @package core
1797 * @category preference
1798 * @access public
1799 * @param stdClass $user User object. Preferences are preloaded into 'preference' property
1800 * @param int $cachelifetime Cache life time on the current page (in seconds)
1801 * @throws coding_exception
1802 * @return null
1804 function check_user_preferences_loaded(stdClass $user, $cachelifetime = 120) {
1805 global $DB;
1806 // Static cache, we need to check on each page load, not only every 2 minutes.
1807 static $loadedusers = array();
1809 if (!isset($user->id)) {
1810 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in check_user_preferences_loaded() call, missing id field');
1813 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
1814 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
1815 if (!isset($user->preference)) {
1816 $user->preference = array();
1818 return;
1821 $timenow = time();
1823 if (isset($loadedusers[$user->id]) and isset($user->preference) and isset($user->preference['_lastloaded'])) {
1824 // Already loaded at least once on this page. Are we up to date?
1825 if ($user->preference['_lastloaded'] + $cachelifetime > $timenow) {
1826 // No need to reload - we are on the same page and we loaded prefs just a moment ago.
1827 return;
1829 } else if (!get_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $user->id, $user->preference['_lastloaded'])) {
1830 // No change since the lastcheck on this page.
1831 $user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
1832 return;
1836 // OK, so we have to reload all preferences.
1837 $loadedusers[$user->id] = true;
1838 $user->preference = $DB->get_records_menu('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id), '', 'name,value'); // All values.
1839 $user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
1843 * Called from set/unset_user_preferences, so that the prefs can be correctly reloaded in different sessions.
1845 * NOTE: internal function, do not call from other code.
1847 * @package core
1848 * @access private
1849 * @param integer $userid the user whose prefs were changed.
1851 function mark_user_preferences_changed($userid) {
1852 global $CFG;
1854 if (empty($userid) or isguestuser($userid)) {
1855 // No cache flags for guest and not-logged-in users.
1856 return;
1859 set_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $userid, 1, time() + $CFG->sessiontimeout);
1863 * Sets a preference for the specified user.
1865 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1867 * @package core
1868 * @category preference
1869 * @access public
1870 * @param string $name The key to set as preference for the specified user
1871 * @param string $value The value to set for the $name key in the specified user's
1872 * record, null means delete current value.
1873 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1874 * @throws coding_exception
1875 * @return bool Always true or exception
1877 function set_user_preference($name, $value, $user = null) {
1878 global $USER, $DB;
1880 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
1881 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in set_user_preference() call');
1884 if (is_null($value)) {
1885 // Null means delete current.
1886 return unset_user_preference($name, $user);
1887 } else if (is_object($value)) {
1888 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, objects are not allowed');
1889 } else if (is_array($value)) {
1890 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, arrays are not allowed');
1892 // Value column maximum length is 1333 characters.
1893 $value = (string)$value;
1894 if (core_text::strlen($value) > 1333) {
1895 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, value is is too long for the value column');
1898 if (is_null($user)) {
1899 $user = $USER;
1900 } else if (isset($user->id)) {
1901 // It is a valid object.
1902 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
1903 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
1904 } else {
1905 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in set_user_preference() call');
1908 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
1910 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
1911 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
1912 $user->preference[$name] = $value;
1913 return true;
1916 if ($preference = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name))) {
1917 if ($preference->value === $value and isset($user->preference[$name]) and $user->preference[$name] === $value) {
1918 // Preference already set to this value.
1919 return true;
1921 $DB->set_field('user_preferences', 'value', $value, array('id' => $preference->id));
1923 } else {
1924 $preference = new stdClass();
1925 $preference->userid = $user->id;
1926 $preference->name = $name;
1927 $preference->value = $value;
1928 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $preference);
1931 // Update value in cache.
1932 $user->preference[$name] = $value;
1934 // Set reload flag for other sessions.
1935 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id);
1937 return true;
1941 * Sets a whole array of preferences for the current user
1943 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1945 * @package core
1946 * @category preference
1947 * @access public
1948 * @param array $prefarray An array of key/value pairs to be set
1949 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1950 * @return bool Always true or exception
1952 function set_user_preferences(array $prefarray, $user = null) {
1953 foreach ($prefarray as $name => $value) {
1954 set_user_preference($name, $value, $user);
1956 return true;
1960 * Unsets a preference completely by deleting it from the database
1962 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1964 * @package core
1965 * @category preference
1966 * @access public
1967 * @param string $name The key to unset as preference for the specified user
1968 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1969 * @throws coding_exception
1970 * @return bool Always true or exception
1972 function unset_user_preference($name, $user = null) {
1973 global $USER, $DB;
1975 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
1976 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in unset_user_preference() call');
1979 if (is_null($user)) {
1980 $user = $USER;
1981 } else if (isset($user->id)) {
1982 // It is a valid object.
1983 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
1984 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
1985 } else {
1986 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in unset_user_preference() call');
1989 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
1991 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
1992 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in user and guest.
1993 unset($user->preference[$name]);
1994 return true;
1997 // Delete from DB.
1998 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name));
2000 // Delete the preference from cache.
2001 unset($user->preference[$name]);
2003 // Set reload flag for other sessions.
2004 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id);
2006 return true;
2010 * Used to fetch user preference(s)
2012 * If no arguments are supplied this function will return
2013 * all of the current user preferences as an array.
2015 * If a name is specified then this function
2016 * attempts to return that particular preference value. If
2017 * none is found, then the optional value $default is returned,
2018 * otherwise null.
2020 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
2022 * @package core
2023 * @category preference
2024 * @access public
2025 * @param string $name Name of the key to use in finding a preference value
2026 * @param mixed|null $default Value to be returned if the $name key is not set in the user preferences
2027 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
2028 * @throws coding_exception
2029 * @return string|mixed|null A string containing the value of a single preference. An
2030 * array with all of the preferences or null
2032 function get_user_preferences($name = null, $default = null, $user = null) {
2033 global $USER;
2035 if (is_null($name)) {
2036 // All prefs.
2037 } else if (is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
2038 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in get_user_preferences() call');
2041 if (is_null($user)) {
2042 $user = $USER;
2043 } else if (isset($user->id)) {
2044 // Is a valid object.
2045 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
2046 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
2047 } else {
2048 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in get_user_preferences() call');
2051 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
2053 if (empty($name)) {
2054 // All values.
2055 return $user->preference;
2056 } else if (isset($user->preference[$name])) {
2057 // The single string value.
2058 return $user->preference[$name];
2059 } else {
2060 // Default value (null if not specified).
2061 return $default;
2065 // FUNCTIONS FOR HANDLING TIME.
2068 * Given Gregorian date parts in user time produce a GMT timestamp.
2070 * @package core
2071 * @category time
2072 * @param int $year The year part to create timestamp of
2073 * @param int $month The month part to create timestamp of
2074 * @param int $day The day part to create timestamp of
2075 * @param int $hour The hour part to create timestamp of
2076 * @param int $minute The minute part to create timestamp of
2077 * @param int $second The second part to create timestamp of
2078 * @param int|float|string $timezone Timezone modifier, used to calculate GMT time offset.
2079 * if 99 then default user's timezone is used {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2080 * @param bool $applydst Toggle Daylight Saving Time, default true, will be
2081 * applied only if timezone is 99 or string.
2082 * @return int GMT timestamp
2084 function make_timestamp($year, $month=1, $day=1, $hour=0, $minute=0, $second=0, $timezone=99, $applydst=true) {
2085 $date = new DateTime('now', core_date::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
2086 $date->setDate((int)$year, (int)$month, (int)$day);
2087 $date->setTime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second);
2089 $time = $date->getTimestamp();
2091 if ($time === false) {
2092 throw new coding_exception('getTimestamp() returned false, please ensure you have passed correct values.'.
2093 ' This can fail if year is more than 2038 and OS is 32 bit windows');
2096 // Moodle BC DST stuff.
2097 if (!$applydst) {
2098 $time += dst_offset_on($time, $timezone);
2101 return $time;
2106 * Format a date/time (seconds) as weeks, days, hours etc as needed
2108 * Given an amount of time in seconds, returns string
2109 * formatted nicely as weeks, days, hours etc as needed
2111 * @package core
2112 * @category time
2113 * @uses MINSECS
2114 * @uses HOURSECS
2115 * @uses DAYSECS
2116 * @uses YEARSECS
2117 * @param int $totalsecs Time in seconds
2118 * @param stdClass $str Should be a time object
2119 * @return string A nicely formatted date/time string
2121 function format_time($totalsecs, $str = null) {
2123 $totalsecs = abs($totalsecs);
2125 if (!$str) {
2126 // Create the str structure the slow way.
2127 $str = new stdClass();
2128 $str->day = get_string('day');
2129 $str->days = get_string('days');
2130 $str->hour = get_string('hour');
2131 $str->hours = get_string('hours');
2132 $str->min = get_string('min');
2133 $str->mins = get_string('mins');
2134 $str->sec = get_string('sec');
2135 $str->secs = get_string('secs');
2136 $str->year = get_string('year');
2137 $str->years = get_string('years');
2140 $years = floor($totalsecs/YEARSECS);
2141 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($years*YEARSECS);
2142 $days = floor($remainder/DAYSECS);
2143 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($days*DAYSECS);
2144 $hours = floor($remainder/HOURSECS);
2145 $remainder = $remainder - ($hours*HOURSECS);
2146 $mins = floor($remainder/MINSECS);
2147 $secs = $remainder - ($mins*MINSECS);
2149 $ss = ($secs == 1) ? $str->sec : $str->secs;
2150 $sm = ($mins == 1) ? $str->min : $str->mins;
2151 $sh = ($hours == 1) ? $str->hour : $str->hours;
2152 $sd = ($days == 1) ? $str->day : $str->days;
2153 $sy = ($years == 1) ? $str->year : $str->years;
2155 $oyears = '';
2156 $odays = '';
2157 $ohours = '';
2158 $omins = '';
2159 $osecs = '';
2161 if ($years) {
2162 $oyears = $years .' '. $sy;
2164 if ($days) {
2165 $odays = $days .' '. $sd;
2167 if ($hours) {
2168 $ohours = $hours .' '. $sh;
2170 if ($mins) {
2171 $omins = $mins .' '. $sm;
2173 if ($secs) {
2174 $osecs = $secs .' '. $ss;
2177 if ($years) {
2178 return trim($oyears .' '. $odays);
2180 if ($days) {
2181 return trim($odays .' '. $ohours);
2183 if ($hours) {
2184 return trim($ohours .' '. $omins);
2186 if ($mins) {
2187 return trim($omins .' '. $osecs);
2189 if ($secs) {
2190 return $osecs;
2192 return get_string('now');
2196 * Returns a formatted string that represents a date in user time.
2198 * @package core
2199 * @category time
2200 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database.
2201 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using
2202 * get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig');
2203 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and
2204 * not 99 then daylight saving will not be added.
2205 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2206 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed.
2207 * If false then the leading zero is maintained.
2208 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed.
2209 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2211 function userdate($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) {
2212 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
2213 return $calendartype->timestamp_to_date_string($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour);
2217 * Returns a formatted date ensuring it is UTF-8.
2219 * If we are running under Windows convert to Windows encoding and then back to UTF-8
2220 * (because it's impossible to specify UTF-8 to fetch locale info in Win32).
2222 * @param int $date the timestamp - since Moodle 2.9 this is a real UTC timestamp
2223 * @param string $format strftime format.
2224 * @param int|float|string $tz the user timezone
2225 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2226 * @since Moodle 2.3.3
2228 function date_format_string($date, $format, $tz = 99) {
2229 global $CFG;
2231 $localewincharset = null;
2232 // Get the calendar type user is using.
2233 if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') {
2234 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
2235 $localewincharset = $calendartype->locale_win_charset();
2238 if ($localewincharset) {
2239 $format = core_text::convert($format, 'utf-8', $localewincharset);
2242 date_default_timezone_set(core_date::get_user_timezone($tz));
2243 $datestring = strftime($format, $date);
2244 core_date::set_default_server_timezone();
2246 if ($localewincharset) {
2247 $datestring = core_text::convert($datestring, $localewincharset, 'utf-8');
2250 return $datestring;
2254 * Given a $time timestamp in GMT (seconds since epoch),
2255 * returns an array that represents the Gregorian date in user time
2257 * @package core
2258 * @category time
2259 * @param int $time Timestamp in GMT
2260 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2261 * @return array An array that represents the date in user time
2263 function usergetdate($time, $timezone=99) {
2264 date_default_timezone_set(core_date::get_user_timezone($timezone));
2265 $result = getdate($time);
2266 core_date::set_default_server_timezone();
2268 return $result;
2272 * Given a GMT timestamp (seconds since epoch), offsets it by
2273 * the timezone. eg 3pm in India is 3pm GMT - 7 * 3600 seconds
2275 * NOTE: this function does not include DST properly,
2276 * you should use the PHP date stuff instead!
2278 * @package core
2279 * @category time
2280 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2281 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2282 * @return int
2284 function usertime($date, $timezone=99) {
2285 $userdate = new DateTime('@' . $date);
2286 $userdate->setTimezone(core_date::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
2287 $dst = dst_offset_on($date, $timezone);
2289 return $date - $userdate->getOffset() + $dst;
2293 * Given a time, return the GMT timestamp of the most recent midnight
2294 * for the current user.
2296 * @package core
2297 * @category time
2298 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2299 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2300 * @return int Returns a GMT timestamp
2302 function usergetmidnight($date, $timezone=99) {
2304 $userdate = usergetdate($date, $timezone);
2306 // Time of midnight of this user's day, in GMT.
2307 return make_timestamp($userdate['year'], $userdate['mon'], $userdate['mday'], 0, 0, 0, $timezone);
2312 * Returns a string that prints the user's timezone
2314 * @package core
2315 * @category time
2316 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2317 * @return string
2319 function usertimezone($timezone=99) {
2320 $tz = core_date::get_user_timezone($timezone);
2321 return core_date::get_localised_timezone($tz);
2325 * Returns a float or a string which denotes the user's timezone
2326 * A float value means that a simple offset from GMT is used, while a string (it will be the name of a timezone in the database)
2327 * means that for this timezone there are also DST rules to be taken into account
2328 * Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value
2330 * @package core
2331 * @category time
2332 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset before
2333 * calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone
2334 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2335 * @return float|string
2337 function get_user_timezone($tz = 99) {
2338 global $USER, $CFG;
2340 $timezones = array(
2341 $tz,
2342 isset($CFG->forcetimezone) ? $CFG->forcetimezone : 99,
2343 isset($USER->timezone) ? $USER->timezone : 99,
2344 isset($CFG->timezone) ? $CFG->timezone : 99,
2347 $tz = 99;
2349 // Loop while $tz is, empty but not zero, or 99, and there is another timezone is the array.
2350 while (((empty($tz) && !is_numeric($tz)) || $tz == 99) && $next = each($timezones)) {
2351 $tz = $next['value'];
2353 return is_numeric($tz) ? (float) $tz : $tz;
2357 * Calculates the Daylight Saving Offset for a given date/time (timestamp)
2358 * - Note: Daylight saving only works for string timezones and not for float.
2360 * @package core
2361 * @category time
2362 * @param int $time must NOT be compensated at all, it has to be a pure timestamp
2363 * @param int|float|string $strtimezone user timezone
2364 * @return int
2366 function dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone = null) {
2367 $tz = core_date::get_user_timezone($strtimezone);
2368 $date = new DateTime('@' . $time);
2369 $date->setTimezone(new DateTimeZone($tz));
2370 if ($date->format('I') == '1') {
2371 if ($tz === 'Australia/Lord_Howe') {
2372 return 1800;
2374 return 3600;
2376 return 0;
2380 * Calculates when the day appears in specific month
2382 * @package core
2383 * @category time
2384 * @param int $startday starting day of the month
2385 * @param int $weekday The day when week starts (normally taken from user preferences)
2386 * @param int $month The month whose day is sought
2387 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day is sought
2388 * @return int
2390 function find_day_in_month($startday, $weekday, $month, $year) {
2391 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
2393 $daysinmonth = days_in_month($month, $year);
2394 $daysinweek = count($calendartype->get_weekdays());
2396 if ($weekday == -1) {
2397 // Don't care about weekday, so return:
2398 // abs($startday) if $startday != -1
2399 // $daysinmonth otherwise.
2400 return ($startday == -1) ? $daysinmonth : abs($startday);
2403 // From now on we 're looking for a specific weekday.
2404 // Give "end of month" its actual value, since we know it.
2405 if ($startday == -1) {
2406 $startday = -1 * $daysinmonth;
2409 // Starting from day $startday, the sign is the direction.
2410 if ($startday < 1) {
2411 $startday = abs($startday);
2412 $lastmonthweekday = dayofweek($daysinmonth, $month, $year);
2414 // This is the last such weekday of the month.
2415 $lastinmonth = $daysinmonth + $weekday - $lastmonthweekday;
2416 if ($lastinmonth > $daysinmonth) {
2417 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
2420 // Find the first such weekday <= $startday.
2421 while ($lastinmonth > $startday) {
2422 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
2425 return $lastinmonth;
2426 } else {
2427 $indexweekday = dayofweek($startday, $month, $year);
2429 $diff = $weekday - $indexweekday;
2430 if ($diff < 0) {
2431 $diff += $daysinweek;
2434 // This is the first such weekday of the month equal to or after $startday.
2435 $firstfromindex = $startday + $diff;
2437 return $firstfromindex;
2442 * Calculate the number of days in a given month
2444 * @package core
2445 * @category time
2446 * @param int $month The month whose day count is sought
2447 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day count is sought
2448 * @return int
2450 function days_in_month($month, $year) {
2451 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
2452 return $calendartype->get_num_days_in_month($year, $month);
2456 * Calculate the position in the week of a specific calendar day
2458 * @package core
2459 * @category time
2460 * @param int $day The day of the date whose position in the week is sought
2461 * @param int $month The month of the date whose position in the week is sought
2462 * @param int $year The year of the date whose position in the week is sought
2463 * @return int
2465 function dayofweek($day, $month, $year) {
2466 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
2467 return $calendartype->get_weekday($year, $month, $day);
2470 // USER AUTHENTICATION AND LOGIN.
2473 * Returns full login url.
2475 * @return string login url
2477 function get_login_url() {
2478 global $CFG;
2480 $url = "$CFG->wwwroot/login/index.php";
2482 if (!empty($CFG->loginhttps)) {
2483 $url = str_replace('http:', 'https:', $url);
2486 return $url;
2490 * This function checks that the current user is logged in and has the
2491 * required privileges
2493 * This function checks that the current user is logged in, and optionally
2494 * whether they are allowed to be in a particular course and view a particular
2495 * course module.
2496 * If they are not logged in, then it redirects them to the site login unless
2497 * $autologinguest is set and {@link $CFG}->autologinguests is set to 1 in which
2498 * case they are automatically logged in as guests.
2499 * If $courseid is given and the user is not enrolled in that course then the
2500 * user is redirected to the course enrolment page.
2501 * If $cm is given and the course module is hidden and the user is not a teacher
2502 * in the course then the user is redirected to the course home page.
2504 * When $cm parameter specified, this function sets page layout to 'module'.
2505 * You need to change it manually later if some other layout needed.
2507 * @package core_access
2508 * @category access
2510 * @param mixed $courseorid id of the course or course object
2511 * @param bool $autologinguest default true
2512 * @param object $cm course module object
2513 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
2514 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
2515 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
2516 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
2517 * @return mixed Void, exit, and die depending on path
2518 * @throws coding_exception
2519 * @throws require_login_exception
2520 * @throws moodle_exception
2522 function require_login($courseorid = null, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
2523 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER, $PAGE, $SITE, $DB, $OUTPUT;
2525 // Must not redirect when byteserving already started.
2526 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_RANGE'])) {
2527 $preventredirect = true;
2530 if (AJAX_SCRIPT) {
2531 // We cannot redirect for AJAX scripts either.
2532 $preventredirect = true;
2535 // Setup global $COURSE, themes, language and locale.
2536 if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2537 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
2538 $course = $courseorid;
2539 } else if ($courseorid == SITEID) {
2540 $course = clone($SITE);
2541 } else {
2542 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseorid), '*', MUST_EXIST);
2544 if ($cm) {
2545 if ($cm->course != $course->id) {
2546 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_login() call do not match!!');
2548 // Make sure we have a $cm from get_fast_modinfo as this contains activity access details.
2549 if (!($cm instanceof cm_info)) {
2550 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
2551 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
2552 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
2553 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
2554 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id);
2557 } else {
2558 // Do not touch global $COURSE via $PAGE->set_course(),
2559 // the reasons is we need to be able to call require_login() at any time!!
2560 $course = $SITE;
2561 if ($cm) {
2562 throw new coding_exception('cm parameter in require_login() requires valid course parameter!');
2566 // If this is an AJAX request and $setwantsurltome is true then we need to override it and set it to false.
2567 // Otherwise the AJAX request URL will be set to $SESSION->wantsurl and events such as self enrolment in the future
2568 // risk leading the user back to the AJAX request URL.
2569 if ($setwantsurltome && defined('AJAX_SCRIPT') && AJAX_SCRIPT) {
2570 $setwantsurltome = false;
2573 // Redirect to the login page if session has expired, only with dbsessions enabled (MDL-35029) to maintain current behaviour.
2574 if ((!isloggedin() or isguestuser()) && !empty($SESSION->has_timed_out) && !empty($CFG->dbsessions)) {
2575 if ($preventredirect) {
2576 throw new require_login_session_timeout_exception();
2577 } else {
2578 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2579 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2581 redirect(get_login_url());
2585 // If the user is not even logged in yet then make sure they are.
2586 if (!isloggedin()) {
2587 if ($autologinguest and !empty($CFG->guestloginbutton) and !empty($CFG->autologinguests)) {
2588 if (!$guest = get_complete_user_data('id', $CFG->siteguest)) {
2589 // Misconfigured site guest, just redirect to login page.
2590 redirect(get_login_url());
2591 exit; // Never reached.
2593 $lang = isset($SESSION->lang) ? $SESSION->lang : $CFG->lang;
2594 complete_user_login($guest);
2595 $USER->autologinguest = true;
2596 $SESSION->lang = $lang;
2597 } else {
2598 // NOTE: $USER->site check was obsoleted by session test cookie, $USER->confirmed test is in login/index.php.
2599 if ($preventredirect) {
2600 throw new require_login_exception('You are not logged in');
2603 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2604 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2607 $referer = get_local_referer(false);
2608 if (!empty($referer)) {
2609 $SESSION->fromurl = $referer;
2612 // Give auth plugins an opportunity to authenticate or redirect to an external login page
2613 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins(true); // auths, in sequence
2614 foreach($authsequence as $authname) {
2615 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($authname);
2616 $authplugin->pre_loginpage_hook();
2617 if (isloggedin()) {
2618 break;
2622 // If we're still not logged in then go to the login page
2623 if (!isloggedin()) {
2624 redirect(get_login_url());
2625 exit; // Never reached.
2630 // Loginas as redirection if needed.
2631 if ($course->id != SITEID and \core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
2632 if ($USER->loginascontext->contextlevel == CONTEXT_COURSE) {
2633 if ($USER->loginascontext->instanceid != $course->id) {
2634 print_error('loginasonecourse', '', $CFG->wwwroot.'/course/view.php?id='.$USER->loginascontext->instanceid);
2639 // Check whether the user should be changing password (but only if it is REALLY them).
2640 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange') && !\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
2641 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth);
2642 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and !$preventredirect) {
2643 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2644 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2646 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
2647 // Use plugin custom url.
2648 redirect($changeurl);
2649 } else {
2650 // Use moodle internal method.
2651 if (empty($CFG->loginhttps)) {
2652 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php');
2653 } else {
2654 $wwwroot = str_replace('http:', 'https:', $CFG->wwwroot);
2655 redirect($wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php');
2658 } else if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
2659 throw new moodle_exception('forcepasswordchangenotice');
2660 } else {
2661 throw new moodle_exception('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
2665 // Check that the user account is properly set up. If we can't redirect to
2666 // edit their profile, perform just the lax check. It will allow them to
2667 // use filepicker on the profile edit page.
2669 if ($preventredirect) {
2670 $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, false);
2671 } else {
2672 $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, true);
2675 if ($usernotfullysetup) {
2676 if ($preventredirect) {
2677 throw new moodle_exception('usernotfullysetup');
2679 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2680 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2682 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/user/edit.php?id='. $USER->id .'&amp;course='. SITEID);
2685 // Make sure the USER has a sesskey set up. Used for CSRF protection.
2686 sesskey();
2688 // Do not bother admins with any formalities, except for activities pending deletion.
2689 if (is_siteadmin() && !($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress)) {
2690 // Set the global $COURSE.
2691 if ($cm) {
2692 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
2693 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
2694 } else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2695 $PAGE->set_course($course);
2697 // Set accesstime or the user will appear offline which messes up messaging.
2698 user_accesstime_log($course->id);
2699 return;
2702 // Check that the user has agreed to a site policy if there is one - do not test in case of admins.
2703 if (!$USER->policyagreed and !is_siteadmin()) {
2704 if (!empty($CFG->sitepolicy) and !isguestuser()) {
2705 if ($preventredirect) {
2706 throw new moodle_exception('sitepolicynotagreed', 'error', '', $CFG->sitepolicy);
2708 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2709 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2711 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/user/policy.php');
2712 } else if (!empty($CFG->sitepolicyguest) and isguestuser()) {
2713 if ($preventredirect) {
2714 throw new moodle_exception('sitepolicynotagreed', 'error', '', $CFG->sitepolicyguest);
2716 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2717 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2719 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/user/policy.php');
2723 // Fetch the system context, the course context, and prefetch its child contexts.
2724 $sysctx = context_system::instance();
2725 $coursecontext = context_course::instance($course->id, MUST_EXIST);
2726 if ($cm) {
2727 $cmcontext = context_module::instance($cm->id, MUST_EXIST);
2728 } else {
2729 $cmcontext = null;
2732 // If the site is currently under maintenance, then print a message.
2733 if (!empty($CFG->maintenance_enabled) and !has_capability('moodle/site:maintenanceaccess', $sysctx)) {
2734 if ($preventredirect) {
2735 throw new require_login_exception('Maintenance in progress');
2737 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2738 print_maintenance_message();
2741 // Make sure the course itself is not hidden.
2742 if ($course->id == SITEID) {
2743 // Frontpage can not be hidden.
2744 } else {
2745 if (is_role_switched($course->id)) {
2746 // When switching roles ignore the hidden flag - user had to be in course to do the switch.
2747 } else {
2748 if (!$course->visible and !has_capability('moodle/course:viewhiddencourses', $coursecontext)) {
2749 // Originally there was also test of parent category visibility, BUT is was very slow in complex queries
2750 // involving "my courses" now it is also possible to simply hide all courses user is not enrolled in :-).
2751 if ($preventredirect) {
2752 throw new require_login_exception('Course is hidden');
2754 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2755 // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus
2756 // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it.
2757 navigation_node::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/'));
2758 notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot .'/');
2763 // Is the user enrolled?
2764 if ($course->id == SITEID) {
2765 // Everybody is enrolled on the frontpage.
2766 } else {
2767 if (\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
2768 // Make sure the REAL person can access this course first.
2769 $realuser = \core\session\manager::get_realuser();
2770 if (!is_enrolled($coursecontext, $realuser->id, '', true) and
2771 !is_viewing($coursecontext, $realuser->id) and !is_siteadmin($realuser->id)) {
2772 if ($preventredirect) {
2773 throw new require_login_exception('Invalid course login-as access');
2775 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2776 echo $OUTPUT->header();
2777 notice(get_string('studentnotallowed', '', fullname($USER, true)), $CFG->wwwroot .'/');
2781 $access = false;
2783 if (is_role_switched($course->id)) {
2784 // Ok, user had to be inside this course before the switch.
2785 $access = true;
2787 } else if (is_viewing($coursecontext, $USER)) {
2788 // Ok, no need to mess with enrol.
2789 $access = true;
2791 } else {
2792 if (isset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id])) {
2793 if ($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] > time()) {
2794 $access = true;
2795 if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) {
2796 unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]);
2797 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
2799 } else {
2800 // Expired.
2801 unset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id]);
2804 if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) {
2805 if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] == 0) {
2806 $access = true;
2807 } else if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] > time()) {
2808 $access = true;
2809 } else {
2810 // Expired.
2811 unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]);
2812 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
2816 if (!$access) {
2817 // Cache not ok.
2818 $until = enrol_get_enrolment_end($coursecontext->instanceid, $USER->id);
2819 if ($until !== false) {
2820 // Active participants may always access, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
2821 if ($until == 0) {
2822 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP;
2824 $USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until;
2825 $access = true;
2827 } else {
2828 $params = array('courseid' => $course->id, 'status' => ENROL_INSTANCE_ENABLED);
2829 $instances = $DB->get_records('enrol', $params, 'sortorder, id ASC');
2830 $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true);
2831 // First ask all enabled enrol instances in course if they want to auto enrol user.
2832 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
2833 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) {
2834 continue;
2836 // Get a duration for the enrolment, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
2837 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_autoenrol($instance);
2838 if ($until !== false) {
2839 if ($until == 0) {
2840 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP;
2842 $USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until;
2843 $access = true;
2844 break;
2847 // If not enrolled yet try to gain temporary guest access.
2848 if (!$access) {
2849 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
2850 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) {
2851 continue;
2853 // Get a duration for the guest access, a timestamp in the future or false.
2854 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_guestaccess($instance);
2855 if ($until !== false and $until > time()) {
2856 $USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] = $until;
2857 $access = true;
2858 break;
2866 if (!$access) {
2867 if ($preventredirect) {
2868 throw new require_login_exception('Not enrolled');
2870 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2871 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2873 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/enrol/index.php?id='. $course->id);
2877 // Check whether the activity has been scheduled for deletion. If so, then deny access, even for admins.
2878 if ($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress) {
2879 if ($preventredirect) {
2880 throw new moodle_exception('activityisscheduledfordeletion');
2882 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/course/lib.php');
2883 redirect(course_get_url($course), get_string('activityisscheduledfordeletion', 'error'));
2886 // Check visibility of activity to current user; includes visible flag, conditional availability, etc.
2887 if ($cm && !$cm->uservisible) {
2888 if ($preventredirect) {
2889 throw new require_login_exception('Activity is hidden');
2891 if ($course->id != SITEID) {
2892 $url = new moodle_url('/course/view.php', array('id' => $course->id));
2893 } else {
2894 $url = new moodle_url('/');
2896 redirect($url, get_string('activityiscurrentlyhidden'));
2899 // Set the global $COURSE.
2900 if ($cm) {
2901 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
2902 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
2903 } else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2904 $PAGE->set_course($course);
2907 // Finally access granted, update lastaccess times.
2908 user_accesstime_log($course->id);
2913 * This function just makes sure a user is logged out.
2915 * @package core_access
2916 * @category access
2918 function require_logout() {
2919 global $USER, $DB;
2921 if (!isloggedin()) {
2922 // This should not happen often, no need for hooks or events here.
2923 \core\session\manager::terminate_current();
2924 return;
2927 // Execute hooks before action.
2928 $authplugins = array();
2929 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
2930 foreach ($authsequence as $authname) {
2931 $authplugins[$authname] = get_auth_plugin($authname);
2932 $authplugins[$authname]->prelogout_hook();
2935 // Store info that gets removed during logout.
2936 $sid = session_id();
2937 $event = \core\event\user_loggedout::create(
2938 array(
2939 'userid' => $USER->id,
2940 'objectid' => $USER->id,
2941 'other' => array('sessionid' => $sid),
2944 if ($session = $DB->get_record('sessions', array('sid'=>$sid))) {
2945 $event->add_record_snapshot('sessions', $session);
2948 // Clone of $USER object to be used by auth plugins.
2949 $user = fullclone($USER);
2951 // Delete session record and drop $_SESSION content.
2952 \core\session\manager::terminate_current();
2954 // Trigger event AFTER action.
2955 $event->trigger();
2957 // Hook to execute auth plugins redirection after event trigger.
2958 foreach ($authplugins as $authplugin) {
2959 $authplugin->postlogout_hook($user);
2964 * Weaker version of require_login()
2966 * This is a weaker version of {@link require_login()} which only requires login
2967 * when called from within a course rather than the site page, unless
2968 * the forcelogin option is turned on.
2969 * @see require_login()
2971 * @package core_access
2972 * @category access
2974 * @param mixed $courseorid The course object or id in question
2975 * @param bool $autologinguest Allow autologin guests if that is wanted
2976 * @param object $cm Course activity module if known
2977 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
2978 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
2979 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
2980 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
2981 * @return void
2982 * @throws coding_exception
2984 function require_course_login($courseorid, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
2985 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
2986 $issite = ((is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid->id == SITEID)
2987 or (!is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid == SITEID));
2988 if ($issite && !empty($cm) && !($cm instanceof cm_info)) {
2989 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
2990 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
2991 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
2992 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
2993 $course = $courseorid;
2994 } else {
2995 $course = clone($SITE);
2997 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
2998 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id);
3000 if (!empty($CFG->forcelogin)) {
3001 // Login required for both SITE and courses.
3002 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3004 } else if ($issite && !empty($cm) and !$cm->uservisible) {
3005 // Always login for hidden activities.
3006 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3008 } else if ($issite) {
3009 // Login for SITE not required.
3010 // We still need to instatiate PAGE vars properly so that things that rely on it like navigation function correctly.
3011 if (!empty($courseorid)) {
3012 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
3013 $course = $courseorid;
3014 } else {
3015 $course = clone $SITE;
3017 if ($cm) {
3018 if ($cm->course != $course->id) {
3019 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_course_login() call do not match!!');
3021 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
3022 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
3023 } else {
3024 $PAGE->set_course($course);
3026 } else {
3027 // If $PAGE->course, and hence $PAGE->context, have not already been set up properly, set them up now.
3028 $PAGE->set_course($PAGE->course);
3030 user_accesstime_log(SITEID);
3031 return;
3033 } else {
3034 // Course login always required.
3035 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3040 * Validates a user key, checking if the key exists, is not expired and the remote ip is correct.
3042 * @param string $keyvalue the key value
3043 * @param string $script unique script identifier
3044 * @param int $instance instance id
3045 * @return stdClass the key entry in the user_private_key table
3046 * @since Moodle 3.2
3047 * @throws moodle_exception
3049 function validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance) {
3050 global $DB;
3052 if (!$key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'value' => $keyvalue, 'instance' => $instance))) {
3053 print_error('invalidkey');
3056 if (!empty($key->validuntil) and $key->validuntil < time()) {
3057 print_error('expiredkey');
3060 if ($key->iprestriction) {
3061 $remoteaddr = getremoteaddr(null);
3062 if (empty($remoteaddr) or !address_in_subnet($remoteaddr, $key->iprestriction)) {
3063 print_error('ipmismatch');
3066 return $key;
3070 * Require key login. Function terminates with error if key not found or incorrect.
3072 * @uses NO_MOODLE_COOKIES
3073 * @uses PARAM_ALPHANUM
3074 * @param string $script unique script identifier
3075 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3076 * @return int Instance ID
3078 function require_user_key_login($script, $instance=null) {
3079 global $DB;
3081 if (!NO_MOODLE_COOKIES) {
3082 print_error('sessioncookiesdisable');
3085 // Extra safety.
3086 \core\session\manager::write_close();
3088 $keyvalue = required_param('key', PARAM_ALPHANUM);
3090 $key = validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance);
3092 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $key->userid))) {
3093 print_error('invaliduserid');
3096 // Emulate normal session.
3097 enrol_check_plugins($user);
3098 \core\session\manager::set_user($user);
3100 // Note we are not using normal login.
3101 if (!defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN')) {
3102 define('USER_KEY_LOGIN', true);
3105 // Return instance id - it might be empty.
3106 return $key->instance;
3110 * Creates a new private user access key.
3112 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3113 * @param int $userid
3114 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3115 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
3116 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given data
3117 * @return string access key value
3119 function create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
3120 global $DB;
3122 $key = new stdClass();
3123 $key->script = $script;
3124 $key->userid = $userid;
3125 $key->instance = $instance;
3126 $key->iprestriction = $iprestriction;
3127 $key->validuntil = $validuntil;
3128 $key->timecreated = time();
3130 // Something long and unique.
3131 $key->value = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
3132 while ($DB->record_exists('user_private_key', array('value' => $key->value))) {
3133 // Must be unique.
3134 $key->value = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
3136 $DB->insert_record('user_private_key', $key);
3137 return $key->value;
3141 * Delete the user's new private user access keys for a particular script.
3143 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3144 * @param int $userid
3145 * @return void
3147 function delete_user_key($script, $userid) {
3148 global $DB;
3149 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid));
3153 * Gets a private user access key (and creates one if one doesn't exist).
3155 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3156 * @param int $userid
3157 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3158 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
3159 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given date
3160 * @return string access key value
3162 function get_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
3163 global $DB;
3165 if ($key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid,
3166 'instance' => $instance, 'iprestriction' => $iprestriction,
3167 'validuntil' => $validuntil))) {
3168 return $key->value;
3169 } else {
3170 return create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance, $iprestriction, $validuntil);
3176 * Modify the user table by setting the currently logged in user's last login to now.
3178 * @return bool Always returns true
3180 function update_user_login_times() {
3181 global $USER, $DB;
3183 if (isguestuser()) {
3184 // Do not update guest access times/ips for performance.
3185 return true;
3188 $now = time();
3190 $user = new stdClass();
3191 $user->id = $USER->id;
3193 // Make sure all users that logged in have some firstaccess.
3194 if ($USER->firstaccess == 0) {
3195 $USER->firstaccess = $user->firstaccess = $now;
3198 // Store the previous current as lastlogin.
3199 $USER->lastlogin = $user->lastlogin = $USER->currentlogin;
3201 $USER->currentlogin = $user->currentlogin = $now;
3203 // Function user_accesstime_log() may not update immediately, better do it here.
3204 $USER->lastaccess = $user->lastaccess = $now;
3205 $USER->lastip = $user->lastip = getremoteaddr();
3207 // Note: do not call user_update_user() here because this is part of the login process,
3208 // the login event means that these fields were updated.
3209 $DB->update_record('user', $user);
3210 return true;
3214 * Determines if a user has completed setting up their account.
3216 * The lax mode (with $strict = false) has been introduced for special cases
3217 * only where we want to skip certain checks intentionally. This is valid in
3218 * certain mnet or ajax scenarios when the user cannot / should not be
3219 * redirected to edit their profile. In most cases, you should perform the
3220 * strict check.
3222 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to test for the existence of a valid name and email
3223 * @param bool $strict Be more strict and assert id and custom profile fields set, too
3224 * @return bool
3226 function user_not_fully_set_up($user, $strict = true) {
3227 global $CFG;
3228 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
3230 if (isguestuser($user)) {
3231 return false;
3234 if (empty($user->firstname) or empty($user->lastname) or empty($user->email) or over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
3235 return true;
3238 if ($strict) {
3239 if (empty($user->id)) {
3240 // Strict mode can be used with existing accounts only.
3241 return true;
3243 if (!profile_has_required_custom_fields_set($user->id)) {
3244 return true;
3248 return false;
3252 * Check whether the user has exceeded the bounce threshold
3254 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
3255 * @return bool true => User has exceeded bounce threshold
3257 function over_bounce_threshold($user) {
3258 global $CFG, $DB;
3260 if (empty($CFG->handlebounces)) {
3261 return false;
3264 if (empty($user->id)) {
3265 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
3266 return false;
3269 // Set sensible defaults.
3270 if (empty($CFG->minbounces)) {
3271 $CFG->minbounces = 10;
3273 if (empty($CFG->bounceratio)) {
3274 $CFG->bounceratio = .20;
3276 $bouncecount = 0;
3277 $sendcount = 0;
3278 if ($bounce = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array ('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
3279 $bouncecount = $bounce->value;
3281 if ($send = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
3282 $sendcount = $send->value;
3284 return ($bouncecount >= $CFG->minbounces && $bouncecount/$sendcount >= $CFG->bounceratio);
3288 * Used to increment or reset email sent count
3290 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
3291 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
3292 * @return void
3294 function set_send_count($user, $reset=false) {
3295 global $DB;
3297 if (empty($user->id)) {
3298 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
3299 return;
3302 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
3303 $pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1;
3304 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
3305 } else if (!empty($reset)) {
3306 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
3307 $pref = new stdClass();
3308 $pref->name = 'email_send_count';
3309 $pref->value = 1;
3310 $pref->userid = $user->id;
3311 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
3316 * Increment or reset user's email bounce count
3318 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
3319 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
3321 function set_bounce_count($user, $reset=false) {
3322 global $DB;
3324 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
3325 $pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1;
3326 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
3327 } else if (!empty($reset)) {
3328 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
3329 $pref = new stdClass();
3330 $pref->name = 'email_bounce_count';
3331 $pref->value = 1;
3332 $pref->userid = $user->id;
3333 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
3338 * Determines if the logged in user is currently moving an activity
3340 * @param int $courseid The id of the course being tested
3341 * @return bool
3343 function ismoving($courseid) {
3344 global $USER;
3346 if (!empty($USER->activitycopy)) {
3347 return ($USER->activitycopycourse == $courseid);
3349 return false;
3353 * Returns a persons full name
3355 * Given an object containing all of the users name values, this function returns a string with the full name of the person.
3356 * The result may depend on system settings or language. 'override' will force both names to be used even if system settings
3357 * specify one.
3359 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to get full name of.
3360 * @param bool $override If true then the name will be firstname followed by lastname rather than adhering to fullnamedisplay.
3361 * @return string
3363 function fullname($user, $override=false) {
3364 global $CFG, $SESSION;
3366 if (!isset($user->firstname) and !isset($user->lastname)) {
3367 return '';
3370 // Get all of the name fields.
3371 $allnames = get_all_user_name_fields();
3372 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper) {
3373 foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
3374 if (!property_exists($user, $allname)) {
3375 // If all the user name fields are not set in the user object, then notify the programmer that it needs to be fixed.
3376 debugging('You need to update your sql to include additional name fields in the user object.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
3377 // Message has been sent, no point in sending the message multiple times.
3378 break;
3383 if (!$override) {
3384 if (!empty($CFG->forcefirstname)) {
3385 $user->firstname = $CFG->forcefirstname;
3387 if (!empty($CFG->forcelastname)) {
3388 $user->lastname = $CFG->forcelastname;
3392 if (!empty($SESSION->fullnamedisplay)) {
3393 $CFG->fullnamedisplay = $SESSION->fullnamedisplay;
3396 $template = null;
3397 // If the fullnamedisplay setting is available, set the template to that.
3398 if (isset($CFG->fullnamedisplay)) {
3399 $template = $CFG->fullnamedisplay;
3401 // If the template is empty, or set to language, return the language string.
3402 if ((empty($template) || $template == 'language') && !$override) {
3403 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
3406 // Check to see if we are displaying according to the alternative full name format.
3407 if ($override) {
3408 if (empty($CFG->alternativefullnameformat) || $CFG->alternativefullnameformat == 'language') {
3409 // Default to show just the user names according to the fullnamedisplay string.
3410 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
3411 } else {
3412 // If the override is true, then change the template to use the complete name.
3413 $template = $CFG->alternativefullnameformat;
3417 $requirednames = array();
3418 // With each name, see if it is in the display name template, and add it to the required names array if it is.
3419 foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
3420 if (strpos($template, $allname) !== false) {
3421 $requirednames[] = $allname;
3425 $displayname = $template;
3426 // Switch in the actual data into the template.
3427 foreach ($requirednames as $altname) {
3428 if (isset($user->$altname)) {
3429 // Using empty() on the below if statement causes breakages.
3430 if ((string)$user->$altname == '') {
3431 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
3432 } else {
3433 $displayname = str_replace($altname, $user->$altname, $displayname);
3435 } else {
3436 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
3439 // Tidy up any misc. characters (Not perfect, but gets most characters).
3440 // Don't remove the "u" at the end of the first expression unless you want garbled characters when combining hiragana or
3441 // katakana and parenthesis.
3442 $patterns = array();
3443 // This regular expression replacement is to fix problems such as 'James () Kirk' Where 'Tiberius' (middlename) has not been
3444 // filled in by a user.
3445 // The special characters are Japanese brackets that are common enough to make allowances for them (not covered by :punct:).
3446 $patterns[] = '/[[:punct:]「」]*EMPTY[[:punct:]「」]*/u';
3447 // This regular expression is to remove any double spaces in the display name.
3448 $patterns[] = '/\s{2,}/u';
3449 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
3450 $displayname = preg_replace($pattern, ' ', $displayname);
3453 // Trimming $displayname will help the next check to ensure that we don't have a display name with spaces.
3454 $displayname = trim($displayname);
3455 if (empty($displayname)) {
3456 // Going with just the first name if no alternate fields are filled out. May be changed later depending on what
3457 // people in general feel is a good setting to fall back on.
3458 $displayname = $user->firstname;
3460 return $displayname;
3464 * A centralised location for the all name fields. Returns an array / sql string snippet.
3466 * @param bool $returnsql True for an sql select field snippet.
3467 * @param string $tableprefix table query prefix to use in front of each field.
3468 * @param string $prefix prefix added to the name fields e.g. authorfirstname.
3469 * @param string $fieldprefix sql field prefix e.g. id AS userid.
3470 * @param bool $order moves firstname and lastname to the top of the array / start of the string.
3471 * @return array|string All name fields.
3473 function get_all_user_name_fields($returnsql = false, $tableprefix = null, $prefix = null, $fieldprefix = null, $order = false) {
3474 // This array is provided in this order because when called by fullname() (above) if firstname is before
3475 // firstnamephonetic str_replace() will change the wrong placeholder.
3476 $alternatenames = array('firstnamephonetic' => 'firstnamephonetic',
3477 'lastnamephonetic' => 'lastnamephonetic',
3478 'middlename' => 'middlename',
3479 'alternatename' => 'alternatename',
3480 'firstname' => 'firstname',
3481 'lastname' => 'lastname');
3483 // Let's add a prefix to the array of user name fields if provided.
3484 if ($prefix) {
3485 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3486 $alternatenames[$key] = $prefix . $altname;
3490 // If we want the end result to have firstname and lastname at the front / top of the result.
3491 if ($order) {
3492 // Move the last two elements (firstname, lastname) off the array and put them at the top.
3493 for ($i = 0; $i < 2; $i++) {
3494 // Get the last element.
3495 $lastelement = end($alternatenames);
3496 // Remove it from the array.
3497 unset($alternatenames[$lastelement]);
3498 // Put the element back on the top of the array.
3499 $alternatenames = array_merge(array($lastelement => $lastelement), $alternatenames);
3503 // Create an sql field snippet if requested.
3504 if ($returnsql) {
3505 if ($tableprefix) {
3506 if ($fieldprefix) {
3507 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3508 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname . ' AS ' . $fieldprefix . $altname;
3510 } else {
3511 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3512 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname;
3516 $alternatenames = implode(',', $alternatenames);
3518 return $alternatenames;
3522 * Reduces lines of duplicated code for getting user name fields.
3524 * See also {@link user_picture::unalias()}
3526 * @param object $addtoobject Object to add user name fields to.
3527 * @param object $secondobject Object that contains user name field information.
3528 * @param string $prefix prefix to be added to all fields (including $additionalfields) e.g. authorfirstname.
3529 * @param array $additionalfields Additional fields to be matched with data in the second object.
3530 * The key can be set to the user table field name.
3531 * @return object User name fields.
3533 function username_load_fields_from_object($addtoobject, $secondobject, $prefix = null, $additionalfields = null) {
3534 $fields = get_all_user_name_fields(false, null, $prefix);
3535 if ($additionalfields) {
3536 // Additional fields can specify their own 'alias' such as 'id' => 'userid'. This checks to see if
3537 // the key is a number and then sets the key to the array value.
3538 foreach ($additionalfields as $key => $value) {
3539 if (is_numeric($key)) {
3540 $additionalfields[$value] = $prefix . $value;
3541 unset($additionalfields[$key]);
3542 } else {
3543 $additionalfields[$key] = $prefix . $value;
3546 $fields = array_merge($fields, $additionalfields);
3548 foreach ($fields as $key => $field) {
3549 // Important that we have all of the user name fields present in the object that we are sending back.
3550 $addtoobject->$key = '';
3551 if (isset($secondobject->$field)) {
3552 $addtoobject->$key = $secondobject->$field;
3555 return $addtoobject;
3559 * Returns an array of values in order of occurance in a provided string.
3560 * The key in the result is the character postion in the string.
3562 * @param array $values Values to be found in the string format
3563 * @param string $stringformat The string which may contain values being searched for.
3564 * @return array An array of values in order according to placement in the string format.
3566 function order_in_string($values, $stringformat) {
3567 $valuearray = array();
3568 foreach ($values as $value) {
3569 $pattern = "/$value\b/";
3570 // Using preg_match as strpos() may match values that are similar e.g. firstname and firstnamephonetic.
3571 if (preg_match($pattern, $stringformat)) {
3572 $replacement = "thing";
3573 // Replace the value with something more unique to ensure we get the right position when using strpos().
3574 $newformat = preg_replace($pattern, $replacement, $stringformat);
3575 $position = strpos($newformat, $replacement);
3576 $valuearray[$position] = $value;
3579 ksort($valuearray);
3580 return $valuearray;
3584 * Checks if current user is shown any extra fields when listing users.
3586 * @param object $context Context
3587 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to show anyway
3588 * so don't bother listing them
3589 * @return array Array of field names from user table, not including anything
3590 * listed in $already
3592 function get_extra_user_fields($context, $already = array()) {
3593 global $CFG;
3595 // Only users with permission get the extra fields.
3596 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:viewuseridentity', $context)) {
3597 return array();
3600 // Split showuseridentity on comma.
3601 if (empty($CFG->showuseridentity)) {
3602 // Explode gives wrong result with empty string.
3603 $extra = array();
3604 } else {
3605 $extra = explode(',', $CFG->showuseridentity);
3607 $renumber = false;
3608 foreach ($extra as $key => $field) {
3609 if (in_array($field, $already)) {
3610 unset($extra[$key]);
3611 $renumber = true;
3614 if ($renumber) {
3615 // For consistency, if entries are removed from array, renumber it
3616 // so they are numbered as you would expect.
3617 $extra = array_merge($extra);
3619 return $extra;
3623 * If the current user is to be shown extra user fields when listing or
3624 * selecting users, returns a string suitable for including in an SQL select
3625 * clause to retrieve those fields.
3627 * @param context $context Context
3628 * @param string $alias Alias of user table, e.g. 'u' (default none)
3629 * @param string $prefix Prefix for field names using AS, e.g. 'u_' (default none)
3630 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to include anyway so don't list them (default none)
3631 * @return string Partial SQL select clause, beginning with comma, for example ',u.idnumber,u.department' unless it is blank
3633 function get_extra_user_fields_sql($context, $alias='', $prefix='', $already = array()) {
3634 $fields = get_extra_user_fields($context, $already);
3635 $result = '';
3636 // Add punctuation for alias.
3637 if ($alias !== '') {
3638 $alias .= '.';
3640 foreach ($fields as $field) {
3641 $result .= ', ' . $alias . $field;
3642 if ($prefix) {
3643 $result .= ' AS ' . $prefix . $field;
3646 return $result;
3650 * Returns the display name of a field in the user table. Works for most fields that are commonly displayed to users.
3651 * @param string $field Field name, e.g. 'phone1'
3652 * @return string Text description taken from language file, e.g. 'Phone number'
3654 function get_user_field_name($field) {
3655 // Some fields have language strings which are not the same as field name.
3656 switch ($field) {
3657 case 'url' : {
3658 return get_string('webpage');
3660 case 'icq' : {
3661 return get_string('icqnumber');
3663 case 'skype' : {
3664 return get_string('skypeid');
3666 case 'aim' : {
3667 return get_string('aimid');
3669 case 'yahoo' : {
3670 return get_string('yahooid');
3672 case 'msn' : {
3673 return get_string('msnid');
3676 // Otherwise just use the same lang string.
3677 return get_string($field);
3681 * Returns whether a given authentication plugin exists.
3683 * @param string $auth Form of authentication to check for. Defaults to the global setting in {@link $CFG}.
3684 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is available.
3686 function exists_auth_plugin($auth) {
3687 global $CFG;
3689 if (file_exists("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php")) {
3690 return is_readable("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
3692 return false;
3696 * Checks if a given plugin is in the list of enabled authentication plugins.
3698 * @param string $auth Authentication plugin.
3699 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is enabled.
3701 function is_enabled_auth($auth) {
3702 if (empty($auth)) {
3703 return false;
3706 $enabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
3708 return in_array($auth, $enabled);
3712 * Returns an authentication plugin instance.
3714 * @param string $auth name of authentication plugin
3715 * @return auth_plugin_base An instance of the required authentication plugin.
3717 function get_auth_plugin($auth) {
3718 global $CFG;
3720 // Check the plugin exists first.
3721 if (! exists_auth_plugin($auth)) {
3722 print_error('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', '', $auth);
3725 // Return auth plugin instance.
3726 require_once("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
3727 $class = "auth_plugin_$auth";
3728 return new $class;
3732 * Returns array of active auth plugins.
3734 * @param bool $fix fix $CFG->auth if needed
3735 * @return array
3737 function get_enabled_auth_plugins($fix=false) {
3738 global $CFG;
3740 $default = array('manual', 'nologin');
3742 if (empty($CFG->auth)) {
3743 $auths = array();
3744 } else {
3745 $auths = explode(',', $CFG->auth);
3748 if ($fix) {
3749 $auths = array_unique($auths);
3750 foreach ($auths as $k => $authname) {
3751 if (!exists_auth_plugin($authname) or in_array($authname, $default)) {
3752 unset($auths[$k]);
3755 $newconfig = implode(',', $auths);
3756 if (!isset($CFG->auth) or $newconfig != $CFG->auth) {
3757 set_config('auth', $newconfig);
3761 return (array_merge($default, $auths));
3765 * Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used.
3766 * if method not specified then, global default is assumed
3768 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
3769 * @return bool
3771 function is_internal_auth($auth) {
3772 // Throws error if bad $auth.
3773 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
3774 return $authplugin->is_internal();
3778 * Returns true if the user is a 'restored' one.
3780 * Used in the login process to inform the user and allow him/her to reset the password
3782 * @param string $username username to be checked
3783 * @return bool
3785 function is_restored_user($username) {
3786 global $CFG, $DB;
3788 return $DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'password' => 'restored'));
3792 * Returns an array of user fields
3794 * @return array User field/column names
3796 function get_user_fieldnames() {
3797 global $DB;
3799 $fieldarray = $DB->get_columns('user');
3800 unset($fieldarray['id']);
3801 $fieldarray = array_keys($fieldarray);
3803 return $fieldarray;
3807 * Creates a bare-bones user record
3809 * @todo Outline auth types and provide code example
3811 * @param string $username New user's username to add to record
3812 * @param string $password New user's password to add to record
3813 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
3814 * @return stdClass A complete user object
3816 function create_user_record($username, $password, $auth = 'manual') {
3817 global $CFG, $DB;
3818 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
3819 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');
3821 // Just in case check text case.
3822 $username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username));
3824 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
3825 $customfields = $authplugin->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
3826 $newuser = new stdClass();
3827 if ($newinfo = $authplugin->get_userinfo($username)) {
3828 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
3829 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
3830 if (in_array($key, $authplugin->userfields) || (in_array($key, $customfields))) {
3831 $newuser->$key = $value;
3836 if (!empty($newuser->email)) {
3837 if (email_is_not_allowed($newuser->email)) {
3838 unset($newuser->email);
3842 if (!isset($newuser->city)) {
3843 $newuser->city = '';
3846 $newuser->auth = $auth;
3847 $newuser->username = $username;
3849 // Fix for MDL-8480
3850 // user CFG lang for user if $newuser->lang is empty
3851 // or $user->lang is not an installed language.
3852 if (empty($newuser->lang) || !get_string_manager()->translation_exists($newuser->lang)) {
3853 $newuser->lang = $CFG->lang;
3855 $newuser->confirmed = 1;
3856 $newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr();
3857 $newuser->timecreated = time();
3858 $newuser->timemodified = $newuser->timecreated;
3859 $newuser->mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id;
3861 $newuser->id = user_create_user($newuser, false, false);
3863 // Save user profile data.
3864 profile_save_data($newuser);
3866 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $newuser->id);
3867 if (!empty($CFG->{'auth_'.$newuser->auth.'_forcechangepassword'})) {
3868 set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user);
3870 // Set the password.
3871 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
3873 // Trigger event.
3874 \core\event\user_created::create_from_userid($newuser->id)->trigger();
3876 return $user;
3880 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
3882 * @param string $username user's username to update the record
3883 * @return stdClass A complete user object
3885 function update_user_record($username) {
3886 global $DB, $CFG;
3887 // Just in case check text case.
3888 $username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username));
3890 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id), '*', MUST_EXIST);
3891 return update_user_record_by_id($oldinfo->id);
3895 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
3897 * @param int $id user id
3898 * @return stdClass A complete user object
3900 function update_user_record_by_id($id) {
3901 global $DB, $CFG;
3902 require_once($CFG->dirroot."/user/profile/lib.php");
3903 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');
3905 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'id' => $id, 'deleted' => 0);
3906 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', $params, '*', MUST_EXIST);
3908 $newuser = array();
3909 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($oldinfo->auth);
3911 if ($newinfo = $userauth->get_userinfo($oldinfo->username)) {
3912 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
3913 $customfields = $userauth->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
3915 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
3916 $iscustom = in_array($key, $customfields);
3917 if (!$iscustom) {
3918 $key = strtolower($key);
3920 if ((!property_exists($oldinfo, $key) && !$iscustom) or $key === 'username' or $key === 'id'
3921 or $key === 'auth' or $key === 'mnethostid' or $key === 'deleted') {
3922 // Unknown or must not be changed.
3923 continue;
3925 $confval = $userauth->config->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key};
3926 $lockval = $userauth->config->{'field_lock_' . $key};
3927 if (empty($confval) || empty($lockval)) {
3928 continue;
3930 if ($confval === 'onlogin') {
3931 // MDL-4207 Don't overwrite modified user profile values with
3932 // empty LDAP values when 'unlocked if empty' is set. The purpose
3933 // of the setting 'unlocked if empty' is to allow the user to fill
3934 // in a value for the selected field _if LDAP is giving
3935 // nothing_ for this field. Thus it makes sense to let this value
3936 // stand in until LDAP is giving a value for this field.
3937 if (!(empty($value) && $lockval === 'unlockedifempty')) {
3938 if ($iscustom || (in_array($key, $userauth->userfields) &&
3939 ((string)$oldinfo->$key !== (string)$value))) {
3940 $newuser[$key] = (string)$value;
3945 if ($newuser) {
3946 $newuser['id'] = $oldinfo->id;
3947 $newuser['timemodified'] = time();
3948 user_update_user((object) $newuser, false, false);
3950 // Save user profile data.
3951 profile_save_data((object) $newuser);
3953 // Trigger event.
3954 \core\event\user_updated::create_from_userid($newuser['id'])->trigger();
3958 return get_complete_user_data('id', $oldinfo->id);
3962 * Will truncate userinfo as it comes from auth_get_userinfo (from external auth) which may have large fields.
3964 * @param array $info Array of user properties to truncate if needed
3965 * @return array The now truncated information that was passed in
3967 function truncate_userinfo(array $info) {
3968 // Define the limits.
3969 $limit = array(
3970 'username' => 100,
3971 'idnumber' => 255,
3972 'firstname' => 100,
3973 'lastname' => 100,
3974 'email' => 100,
3975 'icq' => 15,
3976 'phone1' => 20,
3977 'phone2' => 20,
3978 'institution' => 255,
3979 'department' => 255,
3980 'address' => 255,
3981 'city' => 120,
3982 'country' => 2,
3983 'url' => 255,
3986 // Apply where needed.
3987 foreach (array_keys($info) as $key) {
3988 if (!empty($limit[$key])) {
3989 $info[$key] = trim(core_text::substr($info[$key], 0, $limit[$key]));
3993 return $info;
3997 * Marks user deleted in internal user database and notifies the auth plugin.
3998 * Also unenrols user from all roles and does other cleanup.
4000 * Any plugin that needs to purge user data should register the 'user_deleted' event.
4002 * @param stdClass $user full user object before delete
4003 * @return boolean success
4004 * @throws coding_exception if invalid $user parameter detected
4006 function delete_user(stdClass $user) {
4007 global $CFG, $DB;
4008 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/grouplib.php');
4009 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
4010 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/message/lib.php');
4011 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');
4013 // Make sure nobody sends bogus record type as parameter.
4014 if (!property_exists($user, 'id') or !property_exists($user, 'username')) {
4015 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in delete_user() detected');
4018 // Better not trust the parameter and fetch the latest info this will be very expensive anyway.
4019 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id))) {
4020 debugging('Attempt to delete unknown user account.');
4021 return false;
4024 // There must be always exactly one guest record, originally the guest account was identified by username only,
4025 // now we use $CFG->siteguest for performance reasons.
4026 if ($user->username === 'guest' or isguestuser($user)) {
4027 debugging('Guest user account can not be deleted.');
4028 return false;
4031 // Admin can be theoretically from different auth plugin, but we want to prevent deletion of internal accoutns only,
4032 // if anything goes wrong ppl may force somebody to be admin via config.php setting $CFG->siteadmins.
4033 if ($user->auth === 'manual' and is_siteadmin($user)) {
4034 debugging('Local administrator accounts can not be deleted.');
4035 return false;
4038 // Allow plugins to use this user object before we completely delete it.
4039 if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_user_delete')) {
4040 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
4041 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
4042 $pluginfunction($user);
4047 // Keep user record before updating it, as we have to pass this to user_deleted event.
4048 $olduser = clone $user;
4050 // Keep a copy of user context, we need it for event.
4051 $usercontext = context_user::instance($user->id);
4053 // Delete all grades - backup is kept in grade_grades_history table.
4054 grade_user_delete($user->id);
4056 // Move unread messages from this user to read.
4057 message_move_userfrom_unread2read($user->id);
4059 // TODO: remove from cohorts using standard API here.
4061 // Remove user tags.
4062 core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'user', $user->id);
4064 // Unconditionally unenrol from all courses.
4065 enrol_user_delete($user);
4067 // Unenrol from all roles in all contexts.
4068 // This might be slow but it is really needed - modules might do some extra cleanup!
4069 role_unassign_all(array('userid' => $user->id));
4071 // Now do a brute force cleanup.
4073 // Remove from all cohorts.
4074 $DB->delete_records('cohort_members', array('userid' => $user->id));
4076 // Remove from all groups.
4077 $DB->delete_records('groups_members', array('userid' => $user->id));
4079 // Brute force unenrol from all courses.
4080 $DB->delete_records('user_enrolments', array('userid' => $user->id));
4082 // Purge user preferences.
4083 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id));
4085 // Purge user extra profile info.
4086 $DB->delete_records('user_info_data', array('userid' => $user->id));
4088 // Purge log of previous password hashes.
4089 $DB->delete_records('user_password_history', array('userid' => $user->id));
4091 // Last course access not necessary either.
4092 $DB->delete_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id));
4093 // Remove all user tokens.
4094 $DB->delete_records('external_tokens', array('userid' => $user->id));
4096 // Unauthorise the user for all services.
4097 $DB->delete_records('external_services_users', array('userid' => $user->id));
4099 // Remove users private keys.
4100 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('userid' => $user->id));
4102 // Remove users customised pages.
4103 $DB->delete_records('my_pages', array('userid' => $user->id, 'private' => 1));
4105 // Force logout - may fail if file based sessions used, sorry.
4106 \core\session\manager::kill_user_sessions($user->id);
4108 // Generate username from email address, or a fake email.
4109 $delemail = !empty($user->email) ? $user->email : $user->username . '.' . $user->id . '@unknownemail.invalid';
4110 $delname = clean_param($delemail . "." . time(), PARAM_USERNAME);
4112 // Workaround for bulk deletes of users with the same email address.
4113 while ($DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $delname))) { // No need to use mnethostid here.
4114 $delname++;
4117 // Mark internal user record as "deleted".
4118 $updateuser = new stdClass();
4119 $updateuser->id = $user->id;
4120 $updateuser->deleted = 1;
4121 $updateuser->username = $delname; // Remember it just in case.
4122 $updateuser->email = md5($user->username);// Store hash of username, useful importing/restoring users.
4123 $updateuser->idnumber = ''; // Clear this field to free it up.
4124 $updateuser->picture = 0;
4125 $updateuser->timemodified = time();
4127 // Don't trigger update event, as user is being deleted.
4128 user_update_user($updateuser, false, false);
4130 // Now do a final accesslib cleanup - removes all role assignments in user context and context itself.
4131 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_USER, $user->id);
4133 // Any plugin that needs to cleanup should register this event.
4134 // Trigger event.
4135 $event = \core\event\user_deleted::create(
4136 array(
4137 'objectid' => $user->id,
4138 'relateduserid' => $user->id,
4139 'context' => $usercontext,
4140 'other' => array(
4141 'username' => $user->username,
4142 'email' => $user->email,
4143 'idnumber' => $user->idnumber,
4144 'picture' => $user->picture,
4145 'mnethostid' => $user->mnethostid
4149 $event->add_record_snapshot('user', $olduser);
4150 $event->trigger();
4152 // We will update the user's timemodified, as it will be passed to the user_deleted event, which
4153 // should know about this updated property persisted to the user's table.
4154 $user->timemodified = $updateuser->timemodified;
4156 // Notify auth plugin - do not block the delete even when plugin fails.
4157 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
4158 $authplugin->user_delete($user);
4160 return true;
4164 * Retrieve the guest user object.
4166 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object
4168 function guest_user() {
4169 global $CFG, $DB;
4171 if ($newuser = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $CFG->siteguest))) {
4172 $newuser->confirmed = 1;
4173 $newuser->lang = $CFG->lang;
4174 $newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr();
4177 return $newuser;
4181 * Authenticates a user against the chosen authentication mechanism
4183 * Given a username and password, this function looks them
4184 * up using the currently selected authentication mechanism,
4185 * and if the authentication is successful, it returns a
4186 * valid $user object from the 'user' table.
4188 * Uses auth_ functions from the currently active auth module
4190 * After authenticate_user_login() returns success, you will need to
4191 * log that the user has logged in, and call complete_user_login() to set
4192 * the session up.
4194 * Note: this function works only with non-mnet accounts!
4196 * @param string $username User's username (or also email if $CFG->authloginviaemail enabled)
4197 * @param string $password User's password
4198 * @param bool $ignorelockout useful when guessing is prevented by other mechanism such as captcha or SSO
4199 * @param int $failurereason login failure reason, can be used in renderers (it may disclose if account exists)
4200 * @return stdClass|false A {@link $USER} object or false if error
4202 function authenticate_user_login($username, $password, $ignorelockout=false, &$failurereason=null) {
4203 global $CFG, $DB;
4204 require_once("$CFG->libdir/authlib.php");
4206 if ($user = get_complete_user_data('username', $username, $CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) {
4207 // we have found the user
4209 } else if (!empty($CFG->authloginviaemail)) {
4210 if ($email = clean_param($username, PARAM_EMAIL)) {
4211 $select = "mnethostid = :mnethostid AND LOWER(email) = LOWER(:email) AND deleted = 0";
4212 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'email' => $email);
4213 $users = $DB->get_records_select('user', $select, $params, 'id', 'id', 0, 2);
4214 if (count($users) === 1) {
4215 // Use email for login only if unique.
4216 $user = reset($users);
4217 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $user->id);
4218 $username = $user->username;
4220 unset($users);
4224 $authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
4226 if ($user) {
4227 // Use manual if auth not set.
4228 $auth = empty($user->auth) ? 'manual' : $user->auth;
4230 if (in_array($user->auth, $authsenabled)) {
4231 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
4232 $authplugin->pre_user_login_hook($user);
4235 if (!empty($user->suspended)) {
4236 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;
4238 // Trigger login failed event.
4239 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
4240 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4241 $event->trigger();
4242 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4243 return false;
4245 if ($auth=='nologin' or !is_enabled_auth($auth)) {
4246 // Legacy way to suspend user.
4247 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;
4249 // Trigger login failed event.
4250 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
4251 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4252 $event->trigger();
4253 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Disabled Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4254 return false;
4256 $auths = array($auth);
4258 } else {
4259 // Check if there's a deleted record (cheaply), this should not happen because we mangle usernames in delete_user().
4260 if ($DB->get_field('user', 'id', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'deleted' => 1))) {
4261 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
4263 // Trigger login failed event.
4264 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4265 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4266 $event->trigger();
4267 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Deleted Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4268 return false;
4271 // User does not exist.
4272 $auths = $authsenabled;
4273 $user = new stdClass();
4274 $user->id = 0;
4277 if ($ignorelockout) {
4278 // Some other mechanism protects against brute force password guessing, for example login form might include reCAPTCHA
4279 // or this function is called from a SSO script.
4280 } else if ($user->id) {
4281 // Verify login lockout after other ways that may prevent user login.
4282 if (login_is_lockedout($user)) {
4283 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_LOCKOUT;
4285 // Trigger login failed event.
4286 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
4287 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4288 $event->trigger();
4290 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Login lockout: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4291 return false;
4293 } else {
4294 // We can not lockout non-existing accounts.
4297 foreach ($auths as $auth) {
4298 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
4300 // On auth fail fall through to the next plugin.
4301 if (!$authplugin->user_login($username, $password)) {
4302 continue;
4305 // Successful authentication.
4306 if ($user->id) {
4307 // User already exists in database.
4308 if (empty($user->auth)) {
4309 // For some reason auth isn't set yet.
4310 $DB->set_field('user', 'auth', $auth, array('id' => $user->id));
4311 $user->auth = $auth;
4314 // If the existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy md5 algorithm), then we should update to
4315 // the current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
4316 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4318 if ($authplugin->is_synchronised_with_external()) {
4319 // Update user record from external DB.
4320 $user = update_user_record_by_id($user->id);
4322 } else {
4323 // The user is authenticated but user creation may be disabled.
4324 if (!empty($CFG->authpreventaccountcreation)) {
4325 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_UNAUTHORISED;
4327 // Trigger login failed event.
4328 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4329 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4330 $event->trigger();
4332 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Unknown user, can not create new accounts: $username ".
4333 $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4334 return false;
4335 } else {
4336 $user = create_user_record($username, $password, $auth);
4340 $authplugin->sync_roles($user);
4342 foreach ($authsenabled as $hau) {
4343 $hauth = get_auth_plugin($hau);
4344 $hauth->user_authenticated_hook($user, $username, $password);
4347 if (empty($user->id)) {
4348 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
4349 // Trigger login failed event.
4350 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4351 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4352 $event->trigger();
4353 return false;
4356 if (!empty($user->suspended)) {
4357 // Just in case some auth plugin suspended account.
4358 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;
4359 // Trigger login failed event.
4360 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
4361 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4362 $event->trigger();
4363 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4364 return false;
4367 login_attempt_valid($user);
4368 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_OK;
4369 return $user;
4372 // Failed if all the plugins have failed.
4373 if (debugging('', DEBUG_ALL)) {
4374 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Failed Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4377 if ($user->id) {
4378 login_attempt_failed($user);
4379 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED;
4380 // Trigger login failed event.
4381 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
4382 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4383 $event->trigger();
4384 } else {
4385 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
4386 // Trigger login failed event.
4387 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4388 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4389 $event->trigger();
4392 return false;
4396 * Call to complete the user login process after authenticate_user_login()
4397 * has succeeded. It will setup the $USER variable and other required bits
4398 * and pieces.
4400 * NOTE:
4401 * - It will NOT log anything -- up to the caller to decide what to log.
4402 * - this function does not set any cookies any more!
4404 * @param stdClass $user
4405 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object - BC only, do not use
4407 function complete_user_login($user) {
4408 global $CFG, $USER, $SESSION;
4410 \core\session\manager::login_user($user);
4412 // Reload preferences from DB.
4413 unset($USER->preference);
4414 check_user_preferences_loaded($USER);
4416 // Update login times.
4417 update_user_login_times();
4419 // Extra session prefs init.
4420 set_login_session_preferences();
4422 // Trigger login event.
4423 $event = \core\event\user_loggedin::create(
4424 array(
4425 'userid' => $USER->id,
4426 'objectid' => $USER->id,
4427 'other' => array('username' => $USER->username),
4430 $event->trigger();
4432 if (isguestuser()) {
4433 // No need to continue when user is THE guest.
4434 return $USER;
4437 if (CLI_SCRIPT) {
4438 // We can redirect to password change URL only in browser.
4439 return $USER;
4442 // Select password change url.
4443 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth);
4445 // Check whether the user should be changing password.
4446 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange', false)) {
4447 if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
4448 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
4449 redirect($changeurl);
4450 } else {
4451 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/login/lib.php');
4452 $SESSION->wantsurl = core_login_get_return_url();
4453 redirect($CFG->httpswwwroot.'/login/change_password.php');
4455 } else {
4456 print_error('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
4459 return $USER;
4463 * Check a password hash to see if it was hashed using the legacy hash algorithm (md5).
4465 * @param string $password String to check.
4466 * @return boolean True if the $password matches the format of an md5 sum.
4468 function password_is_legacy_hash($password) {
4469 return (bool) preg_match('/^[0-9a-f]{32}$/', $password);
4473 * Compare password against hash stored in user object to determine if it is valid.
4475 * If necessary it also updates the stored hash to the current format.
4477 * @param stdClass $user (Password property may be updated).
4478 * @param string $password Plain text password.
4479 * @return bool True if password is valid.
4481 function validate_internal_user_password($user, $password) {
4482 global $CFG;
4484 if ($user->password === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) {
4485 // Internal password is not used at all, it can not validate.
4486 return false;
4489 // If hash isn't a legacy (md5) hash, validate using the library function.
4490 if (!password_is_legacy_hash($user->password)) {
4491 return password_verify($password, $user->password);
4494 // Otherwise we need to check for a legacy (md5) hash instead. If the hash
4495 // is valid we can then update it to the new algorithm.
4497 $sitesalt = isset($CFG->passwordsaltmain) ? $CFG->passwordsaltmain : '';
4498 $validated = false;
4500 if ($user->password === md5($password.$sitesalt)
4501 or $user->password === md5($password)
4502 or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password).$sitesalt)
4503 or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password))) {
4504 // Note: we are intentionally using the addslashes() here because we
4505 // need to accept old password hashes of passwords with magic quotes.
4506 $validated = true;
4508 } else {
4509 for ($i=1; $i<=20; $i++) { // 20 alternative salts should be enough, right?
4510 $alt = 'passwordsaltalt'.$i;
4511 if (!empty($CFG->$alt)) {
4512 if ($user->password === md5($password.$CFG->$alt) or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password).$CFG->$alt)) {
4513 $validated = true;
4514 break;
4520 if ($validated) {
4521 // If the password matches the existing md5 hash, update to the
4522 // current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
4523 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4526 return $validated;
4530 * Calculate hash for a plain text password.
4532 * @param string $password Plain text password to be hashed.
4533 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
4534 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
4535 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
4536 * be generated quickly.
4537 * @return string The hashed password.
4539 * @throws moodle_exception If a problem occurs while generating the hash.
4541 function hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash = false) {
4542 global $CFG;
4544 // Set the cost factor to 4 for fast hashing, otherwise use default cost.
4545 $options = ($fasthash) ? array('cost' => 4) : array();
4547 $generatedhash = password_hash($password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT, $options);
4549 if ($generatedhash === false || $generatedhash === null) {
4550 throw new moodle_exception('Failed to generate password hash.');
4553 return $generatedhash;
4557 * Update password hash in user object (if necessary).
4559 * The password is updated if:
4560 * 1. The password has changed (the hash of $user->password is different
4561 * to the hash of $password).
4562 * 2. The existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy
4563 * md5 algorithm).
4565 * Updating the password will modify the $user object and the database
4566 * record to use the current hashing algorithm.
4567 * It will remove Web Services user tokens too.
4569 * @param stdClass $user User object (password property may be updated).
4570 * @param string $password Plain text password.
4571 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
4572 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
4573 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
4574 * be generated quickly.
4575 * @return bool Always returns true.
4577 function update_internal_user_password($user, $password, $fasthash = false) {
4578 global $CFG, $DB;
4580 // Figure out what the hashed password should be.
4581 if (!isset($user->auth)) {
4582 debugging('User record in update_internal_user_password() must include field auth',
4583 DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
4584 $user->auth = $DB->get_field('user', 'auth', array('id' => $user->id));
4586 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
4587 if ($authplugin->prevent_local_passwords()) {
4588 $hashedpassword = AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED;
4589 } else {
4590 $hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash);
4593 $algorithmchanged = false;
4595 if ($hashedpassword === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) {
4596 // Password is not cached, update it if not set to AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED.
4597 $passwordchanged = ($user->password !== $hashedpassword);
4599 } else if (isset($user->password)) {
4600 // If verification fails then it means the password has changed.
4601 $passwordchanged = !password_verify($password, $user->password);
4602 $algorithmchanged = password_needs_rehash($user->password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT);
4603 } else {
4604 // While creating new user, password in unset in $user object, to avoid
4605 // saving it with user_create()
4606 $passwordchanged = true;
4609 if ($passwordchanged || $algorithmchanged) {
4610 $DB->set_field('user', 'password', $hashedpassword, array('id' => $user->id));
4611 $user->password = $hashedpassword;
4613 // Trigger event.
4614 $user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id));
4615 \core\event\user_password_updated::create_from_user($user)->trigger();
4617 // Remove WS user tokens.
4618 if (!empty($CFG->passwordchangetokendeletion)) {
4619 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/webservice/lib.php');
4620 webservice::delete_user_ws_tokens($user->id);
4624 return true;
4628 * Get a complete user record, which includes all the info in the user record.
4630 * Intended for setting as $USER session variable
4632 * @param string $field The user field to be checked for a given value.
4633 * @param string $value The value to match for $field.
4634 * @param int $mnethostid
4635 * @return mixed False, or A {@link $USER} object.
4637 function get_complete_user_data($field, $value, $mnethostid = null) {
4638 global $CFG, $DB;
4640 if (!$field || !$value) {
4641 return false;
4644 // Build the WHERE clause for an SQL query.
4645 $params = array('fieldval' => $value);
4646 $constraints = "$field = :fieldval AND deleted <> 1";
4648 // If we are loading user data based on anything other than id,
4649 // we must also restrict our search based on mnet host.
4650 if ($field != 'id') {
4651 if (empty($mnethostid)) {
4652 // If empty, we restrict to local users.
4653 $mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id;
4656 if (!empty($mnethostid)) {
4657 $params['mnethostid'] = $mnethostid;
4658 $constraints .= " AND mnethostid = :mnethostid";
4661 // Get all the basic user data.
4662 if (! $user = $DB->get_record_select('user', $constraints, $params)) {
4663 return false;
4666 // Get various settings and preferences.
4668 // Preload preference cache.
4669 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
4671 // Load course enrolment related stuff.
4672 $user->lastcourseaccess = array(); // During last session.
4673 $user->currentcourseaccess = array(); // During current session.
4674 if ($lastaccesses = $DB->get_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id))) {
4675 foreach ($lastaccesses as $lastaccess) {
4676 $user->lastcourseaccess[$lastaccess->courseid] = $lastaccess->timeaccess;
4680 $sql = "SELECT g.id, g.courseid
4681 FROM {groups} g, {groups_members} gm
4682 WHERE gm.groupid=g.id AND gm.userid=?";
4684 // This is a special hack to speedup calendar display.
4685 $user->groupmember = array();
4686 if (!isguestuser($user)) {
4687 if ($groups = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array($user->id))) {
4688 foreach ($groups as $group) {
4689 if (!array_key_exists($group->courseid, $user->groupmember)) {
4690 $user->groupmember[$group->courseid] = array();
4692 $user->groupmember[$group->courseid][$group->id] = $group->id;
4697 // Add the custom profile fields to the user record.
4698 $user->profile = array();
4699 if (!isguestuser($user)) {
4700 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
4701 profile_load_custom_fields($user);
4704 // Rewrite some variables if necessary.
4705 if (!empty($user->description)) {
4706 // No need to cart all of it around.
4707 $user->description = true;
4709 if (isguestuser($user)) {
4710 // Guest language always same as site.
4711 $user->lang = $CFG->lang;
4712 // Name always in current language.
4713 $user->firstname = get_string('guestuser');
4714 $user->lastname = ' ';
4717 return $user;
4721 * Validate a password against the configured password policy
4723 * @param string $password the password to be checked against the password policy
4724 * @param string $errmsg the error message to display when the password doesn't comply with the policy.
4725 * @return bool true if the password is valid according to the policy. false otherwise.
4727 function check_password_policy($password, &$errmsg) {
4728 global $CFG;
4730 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) {
4731 return true;
4734 $errmsg = '';
4735 if (core_text::strlen($password) < $CFG->minpasswordlength) {
4736 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlength', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlength) .'</div>';
4739 if (preg_match_all('/[[:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpassworddigits) {
4740 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpassworddigits', 'auth', $CFG->minpassworddigits) .'</div>';
4743 if (preg_match_all('/[[:lower:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordlower) {
4744 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlower', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlower) .'</div>';
4747 if (preg_match_all('/[[:upper:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordupper) {
4748 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordupper', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordupper) .'</div>';
4751 if (preg_match_all('/[^[:upper:][:lower:][:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) {
4752 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordnonalphanum', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) .'</div>';
4754 if (!check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars)) {
4755 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errormaxconsecutiveidentchars', 'auth', $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars) .'</div>';
4758 if ($errmsg == '') {
4759 return true;
4760 } else {
4761 return false;
4767 * When logging in, this function is run to set certain preferences for the current SESSION.
4769 function set_login_session_preferences() {
4770 global $SESSION;
4772 $SESSION->justloggedin = true;
4774 unset($SESSION->lang);
4775 unset($SESSION->forcelang);
4776 unset($SESSION->load_navigation_admin);
4781 * Delete a course, including all related data from the database, and any associated files.
4783 * @param mixed $courseorid The id of the course or course object to delete.
4784 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
4785 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
4786 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
4787 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
4789 function delete_course($courseorid, $showfeedback = true) {
4790 global $DB;
4792 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
4793 $courseid = $courseorid->id;
4794 $course = $courseorid;
4795 } else {
4796 $courseid = $courseorid;
4797 if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid))) {
4798 return false;
4801 $context = context_course::instance($courseid);
4803 // Frontpage course can not be deleted!!
4804 if ($courseid == SITEID) {
4805 return false;
4808 // Allow plugins to use this course before we completely delete it.
4809 if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_course_delete')) {
4810 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
4811 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
4812 $pluginfunction($course);
4817 // Make the course completely empty.
4818 remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback);
4820 // Delete the course and related context instance.
4821 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_COURSE, $courseid);
4823 $DB->delete_records("course", array("id" => $courseid));
4824 $DB->delete_records("course_format_options", array("courseid" => $courseid));
4826 // Reset all course related caches here.
4827 if (class_exists('format_base', false)) {
4828 format_base::reset_course_cache($courseid);
4831 // Trigger a course deleted event.
4832 $event = \core\event\course_deleted::create(array(
4833 'objectid' => $course->id,
4834 'context' => $context,
4835 'other' => array(
4836 'shortname' => $course->shortname,
4837 'fullname' => $course->fullname,
4838 'idnumber' => $course->idnumber
4841 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
4842 $event->trigger();
4844 return true;
4848 * Clear a course out completely, deleting all content but don't delete the course itself.
4850 * This function does not verify any permissions.
4852 * Please note this function also deletes all user enrolments,
4853 * enrolment instances and role assignments by default.
4855 * $options:
4856 * - 'keep_roles_and_enrolments' - false by default
4857 * - 'keep_groups_and_groupings' - false by default
4859 * @param int $courseid The id of the course that is being deleted
4860 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
4861 * @param array $options extra options
4862 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
4863 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
4864 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
4866 function remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback = true, array $options = null) {
4867 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
4869 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/badgeslib.php');
4870 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php');
4871 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/questionlib.php');
4872 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
4873 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php');
4874 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php');
4875 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/rating/lib.php');
4876 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php');
4878 // Handle course badges.
4879 badges_handle_course_deletion($courseid);
4881 // NOTE: these concatenated strings are suboptimal, but it is just extra info...
4882 $strdeleted = get_string('deleted').' - ';
4884 // Some crazy wishlist of stuff we should skip during purging of course content.
4885 $options = (array)$options;
4887 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid), '*', MUST_EXIST);
4888 $coursecontext = context_course::instance($courseid);
4889 $fs = get_file_storage();
4891 // Delete course completion information, this has to be done before grades and enrols.
4892 $cc = new completion_info($course);
4893 $cc->clear_criteria();
4894 if ($showfeedback) {
4895 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('completion', 'completion'), 'notifysuccess');
4898 // Remove all data from gradebook - this needs to be done before course modules
4899 // because while deleting this information, the system may need to reference
4900 // the course modules that own the grades.
4901 remove_course_grades($courseid, $showfeedback);
4902 remove_grade_letters($coursecontext, $showfeedback);
4904 // Delete course blocks in any all child contexts,
4905 // they may depend on modules so delete them first.
4906 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
4907 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
4908 blocks_delete_all_for_context($childcontext->id);
4910 unset($childcontexts);
4911 blocks_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id);
4912 if ($showfeedback) {
4913 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_block_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
4916 // Get the list of all modules that are properly installed.
4917 $allmodules = $DB->get_records_menu('modules', array(), '', 'name, id');
4919 // Delete every instance of every module,
4920 // this has to be done before deleting of course level stuff.
4921 $locations = core_component::get_plugin_list('mod');
4922 foreach ($locations as $modname => $moddir) {
4923 if ($modname === 'NEWMODULE') {
4924 continue;
4926 if (array_key_exists($modname, $allmodules)) {
4927 $sql = "SELECT cm.*, m.id AS modinstance, m.name, '$modname' AS modname
4928 FROM {".$modname."} m
4929 LEFT JOIN {course_modules} cm ON cm.instance = m.id AND cm.module = :moduleid
4930 WHERE m.course = :courseid";
4931 $instances = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array('courseid' => $course->id,
4932 'modulename' => $modname, 'moduleid' => $allmodules[$modname]));
4934 include_once("$moddir/lib.php"); // Shows php warning only if plugin defective.
4935 $moddelete = $modname .'_delete_instance'; // Delete everything connected to an instance.
4936 $moddeletecourse = $modname .'_delete_course'; // Delete other stray stuff (uncommon).
4938 if ($instances) {
4939 foreach ($instances as $cm) {
4940 if ($cm->id) {
4941 // Delete activity context questions and question categories.
4942 question_delete_activity($cm, $showfeedback);
4943 // Notify the competency subsystem.
4944 \core_competency\api::hook_course_module_deleted($cm);
4946 if (function_exists($moddelete)) {
4947 // This purges all module data in related tables, extra user prefs, settings, etc.
4948 $moddelete($cm->modinstance);
4949 } else {
4950 // NOTE: we should not allow installation of modules with missing delete support!
4951 debugging("Defective module '$modname' detected when deleting course contents: missing function $moddelete()!");
4952 $DB->delete_records($modname, array('id' => $cm->modinstance));
4955 if ($cm->id) {
4956 // Delete cm and its context - orphaned contexts are purged in cron in case of any race condition.
4957 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id);
4958 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id));
4962 if (function_exists($moddeletecourse)) {
4963 // Execute optional course cleanup callback. Deprecated since Moodle 3.2. TODO MDL-53297 remove in 3.6.
4964 debugging("Callback delete_course is deprecated. Function $moddeletecourse should be converted " .
4965 'to observer of event \core\event\course_content_deleted', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
4966 $moddeletecourse($course, $showfeedback);
4968 if ($instances and $showfeedback) {
4969 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('pluginname', $modname), 'notifysuccess');
4971 } else {
4972 // Ooops, this module is not properly installed, force-delete it in the next block.
4976 // We have tried to delete everything the nice way - now let's force-delete any remaining module data.
4978 // Remove all data from availability and completion tables that is associated
4979 // with course-modules belonging to this course. Note this is done even if the
4980 // features are not enabled now, in case they were enabled previously.
4981 $DB->delete_records_select('course_modules_completion',
4982 'coursemoduleid IN (SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course=?)',
4983 array($courseid));
4985 // Remove course-module data that has not been removed in modules' _delete_instance callbacks.
4986 $cms = $DB->get_records('course_modules', array('course' => $course->id));
4987 $allmodulesbyid = array_flip($allmodules);
4988 foreach ($cms as $cm) {
4989 if (array_key_exists($cm->module, $allmodulesbyid)) {
4990 try {
4991 $DB->delete_records($allmodulesbyid[$cm->module], array('id' => $cm->instance));
4992 } catch (Exception $e) {
4993 // Ignore weird or missing table problems.
4996 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id);
4997 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id));
5000 if ($showfeedback) {
5001 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_mod_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5004 // Cleanup the rest of plugins. Deprecated since Moodle 3.2. TODO MDL-53297 remove in 3.6.
5005 $cleanuplugintypes = array('report', 'coursereport', 'format');
5006 $callbacks = get_plugins_with_function('delete_course', 'lib.php');
5007 foreach ($cleanuplugintypes as $type) {
5008 if (!empty($callbacks[$type])) {
5009 foreach ($callbacks[$type] as $pluginfunction) {
5010 debugging("Callback delete_course is deprecated. Function $pluginfunction should be converted " .
5011 'to observer of event \core\event\course_content_deleted', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
5012 $pluginfunction($course->id, $showfeedback);
5014 if ($showfeedback) {
5015 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_'.$type.'_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5020 // Delete questions and question categories.
5021 question_delete_course($course, $showfeedback);
5022 if ($showfeedback) {
5023 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('questions', 'question'), 'notifysuccess');
5026 // Make sure there are no subcontexts left - all valid blocks and modules should be already gone.
5027 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
5028 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
5029 $childcontext->delete();
5031 unset($childcontexts);
5033 // Remove all roles and enrolments by default.
5034 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments'])) {
5035 // This hack is used in restore when deleting contents of existing course.
5036 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $coursecontext->id, 'component' => ''), true);
5037 enrol_course_delete($course);
5038 if ($showfeedback) {
5039 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_enrol_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5043 // Delete any groups, removing members and grouping/course links first.
5044 if (empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5045 groups_delete_groupings($course->id, $showfeedback);
5046 groups_delete_groups($course->id, $showfeedback);
5049 // Filters be gone!
5050 filter_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id);
5052 // Notes, you shall not pass!
5053 note_delete_all($course->id);
5055 // Die comments!
5056 comment::delete_comments($coursecontext->id);
5058 // Ratings are history too.
5059 $delopt = new stdclass();
5060 $delopt->contextid = $coursecontext->id;
5061 $rm = new rating_manager();
5062 $rm->delete_ratings($delopt);
5064 // Delete course tags.
5065 core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'course', $course->id);
5067 // Notify the competency subsystem.
5068 \core_competency\api::hook_course_deleted($course);
5070 // Delete calendar events.
5071 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $course->id));
5072 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'calendar');
5074 // Delete all related records in other core tables that may have a courseid
5075 // This array stores the tables that need to be cleared, as
5076 // table_name => column_name that contains the course id.
5077 $tablestoclear = array(
5078 'backup_courses' => 'courseid', // Scheduled backup stuff.
5079 'user_lastaccess' => 'courseid', // User access info.
5081 foreach ($tablestoclear as $table => $col) {
5082 $DB->delete_records($table, array($col => $course->id));
5085 // Delete all course backup files.
5086 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'backup');
5088 // Cleanup course record - remove links to deleted stuff.
5089 $oldcourse = new stdClass();
5090 $oldcourse->id = $course->id;
5091 $oldcourse->summary = '';
5092 $oldcourse->cacherev = 0;
5093 $oldcourse->legacyfiles = 0;
5094 if (!empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5095 $oldcourse->defaultgroupingid = 0;
5097 $DB->update_record('course', $oldcourse);
5099 // Delete course sections.
5100 $DB->delete_records('course_sections', array('course' => $course->id));
5102 // Delete legacy, section and any other course files.
5103 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'course'); // Files from summary and section.
5105 // Delete all remaining stuff linked to context such as files, comments, ratings, etc.
5106 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments']) and empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5107 // Easy, do not delete the context itself...
5108 $coursecontext->delete_content();
5109 } else {
5110 // Hack alert!!!!
5111 // We can not drop all context stuff because it would bork enrolments and roles,
5112 // there might be also files used by enrol plugins...
5115 // Delete legacy files - just in case some files are still left there after conversion to new file api,
5116 // also some non-standard unsupported plugins may try to store something there.
5117 fulldelete($CFG->dataroot.'/'.$course->id);
5119 // Delete from cache to reduce the cache size especially makes sense in case of bulk course deletion.
5120 $cachemodinfo = cache::make('core', 'coursemodinfo');
5121 $cachemodinfo->delete($courseid);
5123 // Trigger a course content deleted event.
5124 $event = \core\event\course_content_deleted::create(array(
5125 'objectid' => $course->id,
5126 'context' => $coursecontext,
5127 'other' => array('shortname' => $course->shortname,
5128 'fullname' => $course->fullname,
5129 'options' => $options) // Passing this for legacy reasons.
5131 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
5132 $event->trigger();
5134 return true;
5138 * Change dates in module - used from course reset.
5140 * @param string $modname forum, assignment, etc
5141 * @param array $fields array of date fields from mod table
5142 * @param int $timeshift time difference
5143 * @param int $courseid
5144 * @param int $modid (Optional) passed if specific mod instance in course needs to be updated.
5145 * @return bool success
5147 function shift_course_mod_dates($modname, $fields, $timeshift, $courseid, $modid = 0) {
5148 global $CFG, $DB;
5149 include_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'.$modname.'/lib.php');
5151 $return = true;
5152 $params = array($timeshift, $courseid);
5153 foreach ($fields as $field) {
5154 $updatesql = "UPDATE {".$modname."}
5155 SET $field = $field + ?
5156 WHERE course=? AND $field<>0";
5157 if ($modid) {
5158 $updatesql .= ' AND id=?';
5159 $params[] = $modid;
5161 $return = $DB->execute($updatesql, $params) && $return;
5164 $refreshfunction = $modname.'_refresh_events';
5165 if (function_exists($refreshfunction)) {
5166 $refreshfunction($courseid);
5169 return $return;
5173 * This function will empty a course of user data.
5174 * It will retain the activities and the structure of the course.
5176 * @param object $data an object containing all the settings including courseid (without magic quotes)
5177 * @return array status array of array component, item, error
5179 function reset_course_userdata($data) {
5180 global $CFG, $DB;
5181 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
5182 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php');
5183 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php');
5185 $data->courseid = $data->id;
5186 $context = context_course::instance($data->courseid);
5188 $eventparams = array(
5189 'context' => $context,
5190 'courseid' => $data->id,
5191 'other' => array(
5192 'reset_options' => (array) $data
5195 $event = \core\event\course_reset_started::create($eventparams);
5196 $event->trigger();
5198 // Calculate the time shift of dates.
5199 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date)) {
5200 // Time part of course startdate should be zero.
5201 $data->timeshift = $data->reset_start_date - usergetmidnight($data->reset_start_date_old);
5202 } else {
5203 $data->timeshift = 0;
5206 // Result array: component, item, error.
5207 $status = array();
5209 // Start the resetting.
5210 $componentstr = get_string('general');
5212 // Move the course start time.
5213 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date) and $data->timeshift) {
5214 // Change course start data.
5215 $DB->set_field('course', 'startdate', $data->reset_start_date, array('id' => $data->courseid));
5216 // Update all course and group events - do not move activity events.
5217 $updatesql = "UPDATE {event}
5218 SET timestart = timestart + ?
5219 WHERE courseid=? AND instance=0";
5220 $DB->execute($updatesql, array($data->timeshift, $data->courseid));
5222 // Update any date activity restrictions.
5223 if ($CFG->enableavailability) {
5224 \availability_date\condition::update_all_dates($data->courseid, $data->timeshift);
5227 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('datechanged'), 'error' => false);
5230 if (!empty($data->reset_end_date)) {
5231 // If the user set a end date value respect it.
5232 $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $data->reset_end_date, array('id' => $data->courseid));
5233 } else if ($data->timeshift > 0 && $data->reset_end_date_old) {
5234 // If there is a time shift apply it to the end date as well.
5235 $enddate = $data->reset_end_date_old + $data->timeshift;
5236 $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $enddate, array('id' => $data->courseid));
5239 if (!empty($data->reset_events)) {
5240 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $data->courseid));
5241 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteevents', 'calendar'), 'error' => false);
5244 if (!empty($data->reset_notes)) {
5245 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php');
5246 note_delete_all($data->courseid);
5247 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletenotes', 'notes'), 'error' => false);
5250 if (!empty($data->delete_blog_associations)) {
5251 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/blog/lib.php');
5252 blog_remove_associations_for_course($data->courseid);
5253 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteblogassociations', 'blog'), 'error' => false);
5256 if (!empty($data->reset_completion)) {
5257 // Delete course and activity completion information.
5258 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $data->courseid));
5259 $cc = new completion_info($course);
5260 $cc->delete_all_completion_data();
5261 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
5262 'item' => get_string('deletecompletiondata', 'completion'), 'error' => false);
5265 if (!empty($data->reset_competency_ratings)) {
5266 \core_competency\api::hook_course_reset_competency_ratings($data->courseid);
5267 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
5268 'item' => get_string('deletecompetencyratings', 'core_competency'), 'error' => false);
5271 $componentstr = get_string('roles');
5273 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_overrides)) {
5274 $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
5275 foreach ($children as $child) {
5276 $DB->delete_records('role_capabilities', array('contextid' => $child->id));
5278 $DB->delete_records('role_capabilities', array('contextid' => $context->id));
5279 // Force refresh for logged in users.
5280 $context->mark_dirty();
5281 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletecourseoverrides', 'role'), 'error' => false);
5284 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_local)) {
5285 $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
5286 foreach ($children as $child) {
5287 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $child->id));
5289 // Force refresh for logged in users.
5290 $context->mark_dirty();
5291 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletelocalroles', 'role'), 'error' => false);
5294 // First unenrol users - this cleans some of related user data too, such as forum subscriptions, tracking, etc.
5295 $data->unenrolled = array();
5296 if (!empty($data->unenrol_users)) {
5297 $plugins = enrol_get_plugins(true);
5298 $instances = enrol_get_instances($data->courseid, true);
5299 foreach ($instances as $key => $instance) {
5300 if (!isset($plugins[$instance->enrol])) {
5301 unset($instances[$key]);
5302 continue;
5306 foreach ($data->unenrol_users as $withroleid) {
5307 if ($withroleid) {
5308 $sql = "SELECT ue.*
5309 FROM {user_enrolments} ue
5310 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
5311 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
5312 JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.roleid = :roleid AND ra.userid = ue.userid)";
5313 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'roleid' => $withroleid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE);
5315 } else {
5316 // Without any role assigned at course context.
5317 $sql = "SELECT ue.*
5318 FROM {user_enrolments} ue
5319 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
5320 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
5321 LEFT JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.userid = ue.userid)
5322 WHERE ra.id IS null";
5323 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE);
5326 $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql, $params);
5327 foreach ($rs as $ue) {
5328 if (!isset($instances[$ue->enrolid])) {
5329 continue;
5331 $instance = $instances[$ue->enrolid];
5332 $plugin = $plugins[$instance->enrol];
5333 if (!$plugin->allow_unenrol($instance) and !$plugin->allow_unenrol_user($instance, $ue)) {
5334 continue;
5337 $plugin->unenrol_user($instance, $ue->userid);
5338 $data->unenrolled[$ue->userid] = $ue->userid;
5340 $rs->close();
5343 if (!empty($data->unenrolled)) {
5344 $status[] = array(
5345 'component' => $componentstr,
5346 'item' => get_string('unenrol', 'enrol').' ('.count($data->unenrolled).')',
5347 'error' => false
5351 $componentstr = get_string('groups');
5353 // Remove all group members.
5354 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_members)) {
5355 groups_delete_group_members($data->courseid);
5356 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5359 // Remove all groups.
5360 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_remove)) {
5361 groups_delete_groups($data->courseid, false);
5362 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroups', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5365 // Remove all grouping members.
5366 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_members)) {
5367 groups_delete_groupings_groups($data->courseid, false);
5368 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupingsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5371 // Remove all groupings.
5372 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_remove)) {
5373 groups_delete_groupings($data->courseid, false);
5374 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroupings', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5377 // Look in every instance of every module for data to delete.
5378 $unsupportedmods = array();
5379 if ($allmods = $DB->get_records('modules') ) {
5380 foreach ($allmods as $mod) {
5381 $modname = $mod->name;
5382 $modfile = $CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'. $modname.'/lib.php';
5383 $moddeleteuserdata = $modname.'_reset_userdata'; // Function to delete user data.
5384 if (file_exists($modfile)) {
5385 if (!$DB->count_records($modname, array('course' => $data->courseid))) {
5386 continue; // Skip mods with no instances.
5388 include_once($modfile);
5389 if (function_exists($moddeleteuserdata)) {
5390 $modstatus = $moddeleteuserdata($data);
5391 if (is_array($modstatus)) {
5392 $status = array_merge($status, $modstatus);
5393 } else {
5394 debugging('Module '.$modname.' returned incorrect staus - must be an array!');
5396 } else {
5397 $unsupportedmods[] = $mod;
5399 } else {
5400 debugging('Missing lib.php in '.$modname.' module!');
5405 // Mention unsupported mods.
5406 if (!empty($unsupportedmods)) {
5407 foreach ($unsupportedmods as $mod) {
5408 $status[] = array(
5409 'component' => get_string('modulenameplural', $mod->name),
5410 'item' => '',
5411 'error' => get_string('resetnotimplemented')
5416 $componentstr = get_string('gradebook', 'grades');
5417 // Reset gradebook,.
5418 if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_items)) {
5419 remove_course_grades($data->courseid, false);
5420 grade_grab_course_grades($data->courseid);
5421 grade_regrade_final_grades($data->courseid);
5422 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcourseitems', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
5424 } else if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_grades)) {
5425 grade_course_reset($data->courseid);
5426 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcoursegrades', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
5428 // Reset comments.
5429 if (!empty($data->reset_comments)) {
5430 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php');
5431 comment::reset_course_page_comments($context);
5434 $event = \core\event\course_reset_ended::create($eventparams);
5435 $event->trigger();
5437 return $status;
5441 * Generate an email processing address.
5443 * @param int $modid
5444 * @param string $modargs
5445 * @return string Returns email processing address
5447 function generate_email_processing_address($modid, $modargs) {
5448 global $CFG;
5450 $header = $CFG->mailprefix . substr(base64_encode(pack('C', $modid)), 0, 2).$modargs;
5451 return $header . substr(md5($header.get_site_identifier()), 0, 16).'@'.$CFG->maildomain;
5457 * @todo Finish documenting this function
5459 * @param string $modargs
5460 * @param string $body Currently unused
5462 function moodle_process_email($modargs, $body) {
5463 global $DB;
5465 // The first char should be an unencoded letter. We'll take this as an action.
5466 switch ($modargs{0}) {
5467 case 'B': { // Bounce.
5468 list(, $userid) = unpack('V', base64_decode(substr($modargs, 1, 8)));
5469 if ($user = $DB->get_record("user", array('id' => $userid), "id,email")) {
5470 // Check the half md5 of their email.
5471 $md5check = substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16);
5472 if ($md5check == substr($modargs, -16)) {
5473 set_bounce_count($user);
5475 // Else maybe they've already changed it?
5478 break;
5479 // Maybe more later?
5483 // CORRESPONDENCE.
5486 * Get mailer instance, enable buffering, flush buffer or disable buffering.
5488 * @param string $action 'get', 'buffer', 'close' or 'flush'
5489 * @return moodle_phpmailer|null mailer instance if 'get' used or nothing
5491 function get_mailer($action='get') {
5492 global $CFG;
5494 /** @var moodle_phpmailer $mailer */
5495 static $mailer = null;
5496 static $counter = 0;
5498 if (!isset($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) {
5499 $CFG->smtpmaxbulk = 1;
5502 if ($action == 'get') {
5503 $prevkeepalive = false;
5505 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
5506 if ($counter < $CFG->smtpmaxbulk and !$mailer->isError()) {
5507 $counter++;
5508 // Reset the mailer.
5509 $mailer->Priority = 3;
5510 $mailer->CharSet = 'UTF-8'; // Our default.
5511 $mailer->ContentType = "text/plain";
5512 $mailer->Encoding = "8bit";
5513 $mailer->From = "root@localhost";
5514 $mailer->FromName = "Root User";
5515 $mailer->Sender = "";
5516 $mailer->Subject = "";
5517 $mailer->Body = "";
5518 $mailer->AltBody = "";
5519 $mailer->ConfirmReadingTo = "";
5521 $mailer->clearAllRecipients();
5522 $mailer->clearReplyTos();
5523 $mailer->clearAttachments();
5524 $mailer->clearCustomHeaders();
5525 return $mailer;
5528 $prevkeepalive = $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive;
5529 get_mailer('flush');
5532 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/phpmailer/moodle_phpmailer.php');
5533 $mailer = new moodle_phpmailer();
5535 $counter = 1;
5537 if ($CFG->smtphosts == 'qmail') {
5538 // Use Qmail system.
5539 $mailer->isQmail();
5541 } else if (empty($CFG->smtphosts)) {
5542 // Use PHP mail() = sendmail.
5543 $mailer->isMail();
5545 } else {
5546 // Use SMTP directly.
5547 $mailer->isSMTP();
5548 if (!empty($CFG->debugsmtp)) {
5549 $mailer->SMTPDebug = true;
5551 // Specify main and backup servers.
5552 $mailer->Host = $CFG->smtphosts;
5553 // Specify secure connection protocol.
5554 $mailer->SMTPSecure = $CFG->smtpsecure;
5555 // Use previous keepalive.
5556 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = $prevkeepalive;
5558 if ($CFG->smtpuser) {
5559 // Use SMTP authentication.
5560 $mailer->SMTPAuth = true;
5561 $mailer->Username = $CFG->smtpuser;
5562 $mailer->Password = $CFG->smtppass;
5566 return $mailer;
5569 $nothing = null;
5571 // Keep smtp session open after sending.
5572 if ($action == 'buffer') {
5573 if (!empty($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) {
5574 get_mailer('flush');
5575 $m = get_mailer();
5576 if ($m->Mailer == 'smtp') {
5577 $m->SMTPKeepAlive = true;
5580 return $nothing;
5583 // Close smtp session, but continue buffering.
5584 if ($action == 'flush') {
5585 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
5586 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) {
5587 echo '<pre>'."\n";
5589 $mailer->SmtpClose();
5590 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) {
5591 echo '</pre>';
5594 return $nothing;
5597 // Close smtp session, do not buffer anymore.
5598 if ($action == 'close') {
5599 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
5600 get_mailer('flush');
5601 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = false;
5603 $mailer = null; // Better force new instance.
5604 return $nothing;
5609 * A helper function to test for email diversion
5611 * @param string $email
5612 * @return bool Returns true if the email should be diverted
5614 function email_should_be_diverted($email) {
5615 global $CFG;
5617 if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsto)) {
5618 return false;
5621 if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsexcept)) {
5622 return true;
5625 $patterns = array_map('trim', explode(',', $CFG->divertallemailsexcept));
5626 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
5627 if (preg_match("/$pattern/", $email)) {
5628 return false;
5632 return true;
5636 * Generate a unique email Message-ID using the moodle domain and install path
5638 * @param string $localpart An optional unique message id prefix.
5639 * @return string The formatted ID ready for appending to the email headers.
5641 function generate_email_messageid($localpart = null) {
5642 global $CFG;
5644 $urlinfo = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot);
5645 $base = '@' . $urlinfo['host'];
5647 // If multiple moodles are on the same domain we want to tell them
5648 // apart so we add the install path to the local part. This means
5649 // that the id local part should never contain a / character so
5650 // we can correctly parse the id to reassemble the wwwroot.
5651 if (isset($urlinfo['path'])) {
5652 $base = $urlinfo['path'] . $base;
5655 if (empty($localpart)) {
5656 $localpart = uniqid('', true);
5659 // Because we may have an option /installpath suffix to the local part
5660 // of the id we need to escape any / chars which are in the $localpart.
5661 $localpart = str_replace('/', '%2F', $localpart);
5663 return '<' . $localpart . $base . '>';
5667 * Send an email to a specified user
5669 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
5670 * @param stdClass $from A {@link $USER} object
5671 * @param string $subject plain text subject line of the email
5672 * @param string $messagetext plain text version of the message
5673 * @param string $messagehtml complete html version of the message (optional)
5674 * @param string $attachment a file on the filesystem, either relative to $CFG->dataroot or a full path to a file in $CFG->tempdir
5675 * @param string $attachname the name of the file (extension indicates MIME)
5676 * @param bool $usetrueaddress determines whether $from email address should
5677 * be sent out. Will be overruled by user profile setting for maildisplay
5678 * @param string $replyto Email address to reply to
5679 * @param string $replytoname Name of reply to recipient
5680 * @param int $wordwrapwidth custom word wrap width, default 79
5681 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
5683 function email_to_user($user, $from, $subject, $messagetext, $messagehtml = '', $attachment = '', $attachname = '',
5684 $usetrueaddress = true, $replyto = '', $replytoname = '', $wordwrapwidth = 79) {
5686 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
5688 if (empty($user) or empty($user->id)) {
5689 debugging('Can not send email to null user', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
5690 return false;
5693 if (empty($user->email)) {
5694 debugging('Can not send email to user without email: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
5695 return false;
5698 if (!empty($user->deleted)) {
5699 debugging('Can not send email to deleted user: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
5700 return false;
5703 if (defined('BEHAT_SITE_RUNNING')) {
5704 // Fake email sending in behat.
5705 return true;
5708 if (!empty($CFG->noemailever)) {
5709 // Hidden setting for development sites, set in config.php if needed.
5710 debugging('Not sending email due to $CFG->noemailever config setting', DEBUG_NORMAL);
5711 return true;
5714 if (email_should_be_diverted($user->email)) {
5715 $subject = "[DIVERTED {$user->email}] $subject";
5716 $user = clone($user);
5717 $user->email = $CFG->divertallemailsto;
5720 // Skip mail to suspended users.
5721 if ((isset($user->auth) && $user->auth=='nologin') or (isset($user->suspended) && $user->suspended)) {
5722 return true;
5725 if (!validate_email($user->email)) {
5726 // We can not send emails to invalid addresses - it might create security issue or confuse the mailer.
5727 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
5728 return false;
5731 if (over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
5732 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") is over bounce threshold! Not sending.");
5733 return false;
5736 // TLD .invalid is specifically reserved for invalid domain names.
5737 // For More information, see {@link http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2606#section-2}.
5738 if (substr($user->email, -8) == '.invalid') {
5739 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email domain ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
5740 return true; // This is not an error.
5743 // If the user is a remote mnet user, parse the email text for URL to the
5744 // wwwroot and modify the url to direct the user's browser to login at their
5745 // home site (identity provider - idp) before hitting the link itself.
5746 if (is_mnet_remote_user($user)) {
5747 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mnet/lib.php');
5749 $jumpurl = mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user);
5750 $callback = partial('mnet_sso_apply_indirection', $jumpurl);
5752 $messagetext = preg_replace_callback("%($CFG->wwwroot[^[:space:]]*)%",
5753 $callback,
5754 $messagetext);
5755 $messagehtml = preg_replace_callback("%href=[\"'`]($CFG->wwwroot[\w_:\?=#&@/;.~-]*)[\"'`]%",
5756 $callback,
5757 $messagehtml);
5759 $mail = get_mailer();
5761 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
5762 echo '<pre>' . "\n";
5765 $temprecipients = array();
5766 $tempreplyto = array();
5768 // Make sure that we fall back onto some reasonable no-reply address.
5769 $noreplyaddress = empty($CFG->noreplyaddress) ? 'noreply@' . get_host_from_url($CFG->wwwroot) : $CFG->noreplyaddress;
5771 // Make up an email address for handling bounces.
5772 if (!empty($CFG->handlebounces)) {
5773 $modargs = 'B'.base64_encode(pack('V', $user->id)).substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16);
5774 $mail->Sender = generate_email_processing_address(0, $modargs);
5775 } else {
5776 $mail->Sender = $noreplyaddress;
5779 $alloweddomains = null;
5780 if (!empty($CFG->allowedemaildomains)) {
5781 $alloweddomains = explode(PHP_EOL, $CFG->allowedemaildomains);
5784 // Email will be sent using no reply address.
5785 if (empty($alloweddomains)) {
5786 $usetrueaddress = false;
5789 if (is_string($from)) { // So we can pass whatever we want if there is need.
5790 $mail->From = $noreplyaddress;
5791 $mail->FromName = $from;
5792 // Check if using the true address is true, and the email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
5793 // and that the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
5794 // in a course with the sender.
5795 } else if ($usetrueaddress && can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user, $alloweddomains)) {
5796 $mail->From = $from->email;
5797 $fromdetails = new stdClass();
5798 $fromdetails->name = fullname($from);
5799 $fromdetails->url = $CFG->wwwroot;
5800 $fromstring = $fromdetails->name;
5801 if ($CFG->emailfromvia == EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS) {
5802 $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
5804 $mail->FromName = $fromstring;
5805 if (empty($replyto)) {
5806 $tempreplyto[] = array($from->email, fullname($from));
5808 } else {
5809 $mail->From = $noreplyaddress;
5810 $fromdetails = new stdClass();
5811 $fromdetails->name = fullname($from);
5812 $fromdetails->url = $CFG->wwwroot;
5813 $fromstring = $fromdetails->name;
5814 if ($CFG->emailfromvia != EMAIL_VIA_NEVER) {
5815 $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
5817 $mail->FromName = $fromstring;
5818 if (empty($replyto)) {
5819 $tempreplyto[] = array($noreplyaddress, get_string('noreplyname'));
5823 if (!empty($replyto)) {
5824 $tempreplyto[] = array($replyto, $replytoname);
5827 $temprecipients[] = array($user->email, fullname($user));
5829 // Set word wrap.
5830 $mail->WordWrap = $wordwrapwidth;
5832 if (!empty($from->customheaders)) {
5833 // Add custom headers.
5834 if (is_array($from->customheaders)) {
5835 foreach ($from->customheaders as $customheader) {
5836 $mail->addCustomHeader($customheader);
5838 } else {
5839 $mail->addCustomHeader($from->customheaders);
5843 // If the X-PHP-Originating-Script email header is on then also add an additional
5844 // header with details of where exactly in moodle the email was triggered from,
5845 // either a call to message_send() or to email_to_user().
5846 if (ini_get('mail.add_x_header')) {
5848 $stack = debug_backtrace(false);
5849 $origin = $stack[0];
5851 foreach ($stack as $depth => $call) {
5852 if ($call['function'] == 'message_send') {
5853 $origin = $call;
5857 $originheader = $CFG->wwwroot . ' => ' . gethostname() . ':'
5858 . str_replace($CFG->dirroot . '/', '', $origin['file']) . ':' . $origin['line'];
5859 $mail->addCustomHeader('X-Moodle-Originating-Script: ' . $originheader);
5862 if (!empty($from->priority)) {
5863 $mail->Priority = $from->priority;
5866 $renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('core');
5867 $context = array(
5868 'sitefullname' => $SITE->fullname,
5869 'siteshortname' => $SITE->shortname,
5870 'sitewwwroot' => $CFG->wwwroot,
5871 'subject' => $subject,
5872 'to' => $user->email,
5873 'toname' => fullname($user),
5874 'from' => $mail->From,
5875 'fromname' => $mail->FromName,
5877 if (!empty($tempreplyto[0])) {
5878 $context['replyto'] = $tempreplyto[0][0];
5879 $context['replytoname'] = $tempreplyto[0][1];
5881 if ($user->id > 0) {
5882 $context['touserid'] = $user->id;
5883 $context['tousername'] = $user->username;
5886 if (!empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) {
5887 // Only process html templates if the user preferences allow html email.
5889 if ($messagehtml) {
5890 // If html has been given then pass it through the template.
5891 $context['body'] = $messagehtml;
5892 $messagehtml = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_html', $context);
5894 } else {
5895 // If no html has been given, BUT there is an html wrapping template then
5896 // auto convert the text to html and then wrap it.
5897 $autohtml = trim(text_to_html($messagetext));
5898 $context['body'] = $autohtml;
5899 $temphtml = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_html', $context);
5900 if ($autohtml != $temphtml) {
5901 $messagehtml = $temphtml;
5906 $context['body'] = $messagetext;
5907 $mail->Subject = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_subject', $context);
5908 $mail->FromName = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_fromname', $context);
5909 $messagetext = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_text', $context);
5911 // Autogenerate a MessageID if it's missing.
5912 if (empty($mail->MessageID)) {
5913 $mail->MessageID = generate_email_messageid();
5916 if ($messagehtml && !empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) {
5917 // Don't ever send HTML to users who don't want it.
5918 $mail->isHTML(true);
5919 $mail->Encoding = 'quoted-printable';
5920 $mail->Body = $messagehtml;
5921 $mail->AltBody = "\n$messagetext\n";
5922 } else {
5923 $mail->IsHTML(false);
5924 $mail->Body = "\n$messagetext\n";
5927 if ($attachment && $attachname) {
5928 if (preg_match( "~\\.\\.~" , $attachment )) {
5929 // Security check for ".." in dir path.
5930 $temprecipients[] = array($supportuser->email, fullname($supportuser, true));
5931 $mail->addStringAttachment('Error in attachment. User attempted to attach a filename with a unsafe name.', 'error.txt', '8bit', 'text/plain');
5932 } else {
5933 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/filelib.php');
5934 $mimetype = mimeinfo('type', $attachname);
5936 $attachmentpath = $attachment;
5938 // Before doing the comparison, make sure that the paths are correct (Windows uses slashes in the other direction).
5939 $attachpath = str_replace('\\', '/', $attachmentpath);
5940 // Make sure both variables are normalised before comparing.
5941 $temppath = str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($CFG->tempdir));
5943 // If the attachment is a full path to a file in the tempdir, use it as is,
5944 // otherwise assume it is a relative path from the dataroot (for backwards compatibility reasons).
5945 if (strpos($attachpath, $temppath) !== 0) {
5946 $attachmentpath = $CFG->dataroot . '/' . $attachmentpath;
5949 $mail->addAttachment($attachmentpath, $attachname, 'base64', $mimetype);
5953 // Check if the email should be sent in an other charset then the default UTF-8.
5954 if ((!empty($CFG->sitemailcharset) || !empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset))) {
5956 // Use the defined site mail charset or eventually the one preferred by the recipient.
5957 $charset = $CFG->sitemailcharset;
5958 if (!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset)) {
5959 if ($useremailcharset = get_user_preferences('mailcharset', '0', $user->id)) {
5960 $charset = $useremailcharset;
5964 // Convert all the necessary strings if the charset is supported.
5965 $charsets = get_list_of_charsets();
5966 unset($charsets['UTF-8']);
5967 if (in_array($charset, $charsets)) {
5968 $mail->CharSet = $charset;
5969 $mail->FromName = core_text::convert($mail->FromName, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5970 $mail->Subject = core_text::convert($mail->Subject, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5971 $mail->Body = core_text::convert($mail->Body, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5972 $mail->AltBody = core_text::convert($mail->AltBody, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5974 foreach ($temprecipients as $key => $values) {
5975 $temprecipients[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5977 foreach ($tempreplyto as $key => $values) {
5978 $tempreplyto[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
5983 foreach ($temprecipients as $values) {
5984 $mail->addAddress($values[0], $values[1]);
5986 foreach ($tempreplyto as $values) {
5987 $mail->addReplyTo($values[0], $values[1]);
5990 if ($mail->send()) {
5991 set_send_count($user);
5992 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
5993 echo '</pre>';
5995 return true;
5996 } else {
5997 // Trigger event for failing to send email.
5998 $event = \core\event\email_failed::create(array(
5999 'context' => context_system::instance(),
6000 'userid' => $from->id,
6001 'relateduserid' => $user->id,
6002 'other' => array(
6003 'subject' => $subject,
6004 'message' => $messagetext,
6005 'errorinfo' => $mail->ErrorInfo
6008 $event->trigger();
6009 if (CLI_SCRIPT) {
6010 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$mail->ErrorInfo);
6012 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
6013 echo '</pre>';
6015 return false;
6020 * Check to see if a user's real email address should be used for the "From" field.
6022 * @param object $from The user object for the user we are sending the email from.
6023 * @param object $user The user object that we are sending the email to.
6024 * @param array $alloweddomains An array of allowed domains that we can send email from.
6025 * @return bool Returns true if we can use the from user's email adress in the "From" field.
6027 function can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user, $alloweddomains) {
6028 // Email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
6029 // and the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
6030 // in a course with the sender.
6031 if (\core\ip_utils::is_domain_in_allowed_list(substr($from->email, strpos($from->email, '@') + 1), $alloweddomains)
6032 && ($from->maildisplay == core_user::MAILDISPLAY_EVERYONE
6033 || ($from->maildisplay == core_user::MAILDISPLAY_COURSE_MEMBERS_ONLY
6034 && enrol_get_shared_courses($user, $from, false, true)))) {
6035 return true;
6037 return false;
6041 * Generate a signoff for emails based on support settings
6043 * @return string
6045 function generate_email_signoff() {
6046 global $CFG;
6048 $signoff = "\n";
6049 if (!empty($CFG->supportname)) {
6050 $signoff .= $CFG->supportname."\n";
6052 if (!empty($CFG->supportemail)) {
6053 $signoff .= $CFG->supportemail."\n";
6055 if (!empty($CFG->supportpage)) {
6056 $signoff .= $CFG->supportpage."\n";
6058 return $signoff;
6062 * Sets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
6064 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6065 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash for speed.
6066 * @return bool|string Returns "true" if mail was sent OK and "false" if there was an error
6068 function setnew_password_and_mail($user, $fasthash = false) {
6069 global $CFG, $DB;
6071 // We try to send the mail in language the user understands,
6072 // unfortunately the filter_string() does not support alternative langs yet
6073 // so multilang will not work properly for site->fullname.
6074 $lang = empty($user->lang) ? $CFG->lang : $user->lang;
6076 $site = get_site();
6078 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
6080 $newpassword = generate_password();
6082 update_internal_user_password($user, $newpassword, $fasthash);
6084 $a = new stdClass();
6085 $a->firstname = fullname($user, true);
6086 $a->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
6087 $a->username = $user->username;
6088 $a->newpassword = $newpassword;
6089 $a->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/';
6090 $a->signoff = generate_email_signoff();
6092 $message = (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordtext', '', $a, $lang);
6094 $subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordsubj', '', $a, $lang);
6096 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6097 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6102 * Resets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
6104 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6105 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6107 function reset_password_and_mail($user) {
6108 global $CFG;
6110 $site = get_site();
6111 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
6113 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
6114 if (!$userauth->can_reset_password() or !is_enabled_auth($user->auth)) {
6115 trigger_error("Attempt to reset user password for user $user->username with Auth $user->auth.");
6116 return false;
6119 $newpassword = generate_password();
6121 if (!$userauth->user_update_password($user, $newpassword)) {
6122 print_error("cannotsetpassword");
6125 $a = new stdClass();
6126 $a->firstname = $user->firstname;
6127 $a->lastname = $user->lastname;
6128 $a->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
6129 $a->username = $user->username;
6130 $a->newpassword = $newpassword;
6131 $a->link = $CFG->httpswwwroot .'/login/change_password.php';
6132 $a->signoff = generate_email_signoff();
6134 $message = get_string('newpasswordtext', '', $a);
6136 $subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. get_string('changedpassword');
6138 unset_user_preference('create_password', $user); // Prevent cron from generating the password.
6140 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6141 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6145 * Send email to specified user with confirmation text and activation link.
6147 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6148 * @param string $confirmationurl user confirmation URL
6149 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6151 function send_confirmation_email($user, $confirmationurl = null) {
6152 global $CFG;
6154 $site = get_site();
6155 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
6157 $data = new stdClass();
6158 $data->firstname = fullname($user);
6159 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
6160 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff();
6162 $subject = get_string('emailconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
6164 if (empty($confirmationurl)) {
6165 $confirmationurl = '/login/confirm.php';
6168 $confirmationurl = new moodle_url($confirmationurl);
6169 // Remove data parameter just in case it was included in the confirmation so we can add it manually later.
6170 $confirmationurl->remove_params('data');
6171 $confirmationpath = $confirmationurl->out(false);
6173 // We need to custom encode the username to include trailing dots in the link.
6174 // Because of this custom encoding we can't use moodle_url directly.
6175 // Determine if a query string is present in the confirmation url.
6176 $hasquerystring = strpos($confirmationpath, '?') !== false;
6177 // Perform normal url encoding of the username first.
6178 $username = urlencode($user->username);
6179 // Prevent problems with trailing dots not being included as part of link in some mail clients.
6180 $username = str_replace('.', '%2E', $username);
6182 $data->link = $confirmationpath . ( $hasquerystring ? '&' : '?') . 'data='. $user->secret .'/'. $username;
6184 $message = get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data);
6185 $messagehtml = text_to_html(get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data), false, false, true);
6187 $user->mailformat = 1; // Always send HTML version as well.
6189 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6190 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message, $messagehtml);
6194 * Sends a password change confirmation email.
6196 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6197 * @param stdClass $resetrecord An object tracking metadata regarding password reset request
6198 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6200 function send_password_change_confirmation_email($user, $resetrecord) {
6201 global $CFG;
6203 $site = get_site();
6204 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
6205 $pwresetmins = isset($CFG->pwresettime) ? floor($CFG->pwresettime / MINSECS) : 30;
6207 $data = new stdClass();
6208 $data->firstname = $user->firstname;
6209 $data->lastname = $user->lastname;
6210 $data->username = $user->username;
6211 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
6212 $data->link = $CFG->httpswwwroot .'/login/forgot_password.php?token='. $resetrecord->token;
6213 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff();
6214 $data->resetminutes = $pwresetmins;
6216 $message = get_string('emailresetconfirmation', '', $data);
6217 $subject = get_string('emailresetconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
6219 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6220 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6225 * Sends an email containinginformation on how to change your password.
6227 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6228 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6230 function send_password_change_info($user) {
6231 global $CFG;
6233 $site = get_site();
6234 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
6235 $systemcontext = context_system::instance();
6237 $data = new stdClass();
6238 $data->firstname = $user->firstname;
6239 $data->lastname = $user->lastname;
6240 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
6241 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff();
6243 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
6245 if (!is_enabled_auth($user->auth) or $user->auth == 'nologin') {
6246 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfodisabled', '', $data);
6247 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
6248 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6249 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6252 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and $userauth->change_password_url()) {
6253 // We have some external url for password changing.
6254 $data->link .= $userauth->change_password_url();
6256 } else {
6257 // No way to change password, sorry.
6258 $data->link = '';
6261 if (!empty($data->link) and has_capability('moodle/user:changeownpassword', $systemcontext, $user->id)) {
6262 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfo', '', $data);
6263 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
6264 } else {
6265 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfofail', '', $data);
6266 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
6269 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6270 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6275 * Check that an email is allowed. It returns an error message if there was a problem.
6277 * @param string $email Content of email
6278 * @return string|false
6280 function email_is_not_allowed($email) {
6281 global $CFG;
6283 if (!empty($CFG->allowemailaddresses)) {
6284 $allowed = explode(' ', $CFG->allowemailaddresses);
6285 foreach ($allowed as $allowedpattern) {
6286 $allowedpattern = trim($allowedpattern);
6287 if (!$allowedpattern) {
6288 continue;
6290 if (strpos($allowedpattern, '.') === 0) {
6291 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($allowedpattern)) === 0) {
6292 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
6293 return false;
6296 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$allowedpattern)) === 0) {
6297 return false;
6300 return get_string('emailonlyallowed', '', $CFG->allowemailaddresses);
6302 } else if (!empty($CFG->denyemailaddresses)) {
6303 $denied = explode(' ', $CFG->denyemailaddresses);
6304 foreach ($denied as $deniedpattern) {
6305 $deniedpattern = trim($deniedpattern);
6306 if (!$deniedpattern) {
6307 continue;
6309 if (strpos($deniedpattern, '.') === 0) {
6310 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($deniedpattern)) === 0) {
6311 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
6312 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses);
6315 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$deniedpattern)) === 0) {
6316 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses);
6321 return false;
6324 // FILE HANDLING.
6327 * Returns local file storage instance
6329 * @return file_storage
6331 function get_file_storage() {
6332 global $CFG;
6334 static $fs = null;
6336 if ($fs) {
6337 return $fs;
6340 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
6342 if (isset($CFG->filedir)) {
6343 $filedir = $CFG->filedir;
6344 } else {
6345 $filedir = $CFG->dataroot.'/filedir';
6348 if (isset($CFG->trashdir)) {
6349 $trashdirdir = $CFG->trashdir;
6350 } else {
6351 $trashdirdir = $CFG->dataroot.'/trashdir';
6354 $fs = new file_storage($filedir, $trashdirdir, "$CFG->tempdir/filestorage", $CFG->directorypermissions, $CFG->filepermissions);
6356 return $fs;
6360 * Returns local file storage instance
6362 * @return file_browser
6364 function get_file_browser() {
6365 global $CFG;
6367 static $fb = null;
6369 if ($fb) {
6370 return $fb;
6373 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
6375 $fb = new file_browser();
6377 return $fb;
6381 * Returns file packer
6383 * @param string $mimetype default application/zip
6384 * @return file_packer
6386 function get_file_packer($mimetype='application/zip') {
6387 global $CFG;
6389 static $fp = array();
6391 if (isset($fp[$mimetype])) {
6392 return $fp[$mimetype];
6395 switch ($mimetype) {
6396 case 'application/zip':
6397 case 'application/vnd.moodle.profiling':
6398 $classname = 'zip_packer';
6399 break;
6401 case 'application/x-gzip' :
6402 $classname = 'tgz_packer';
6403 break;
6405 case 'application/vnd.moodle.backup':
6406 $classname = 'mbz_packer';
6407 break;
6409 default:
6410 return false;
6413 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filestorage/$classname.php");
6414 $fp[$mimetype] = new $classname();
6416 return $fp[$mimetype];
6420 * Returns current name of file on disk if it exists.
6422 * @param string $newfile File to be verified
6423 * @return string Current name of file on disk if true
6425 function valid_uploaded_file($newfile) {
6426 if (empty($newfile)) {
6427 return '';
6429 if (is_uploaded_file($newfile['tmp_name']) and $newfile['size'] > 0) {
6430 return $newfile['tmp_name'];
6431 } else {
6432 return '';
6437 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files.
6439 * There are seven possible upload limits:
6440 * 1. in Apache using LimitRequestBody (no way of checking or changing this)
6441 * 2. in php.ini for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6442 * 3. in .htaccess for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6443 * 4. in php.ini for 'post_max_size' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6444 * 5. by the Moodle admin in $CFG->maxbytes
6445 * 6. by the teacher in the current course $course->maxbytes
6446 * 7. by the teacher for the current module, eg $assignment->maxbytes
6448 * These last two are passed to this function as arguments (in bytes).
6449 * Anything defined as 0 is ignored.
6450 * The smallest of all the non-zero numbers is returned.
6452 * @todo Finish documenting this function
6454 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6455 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6456 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6457 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
6458 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
6460 function get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes=0, $coursebytes=0, $modulebytes=0, $unused = false) {
6462 if (! $filesize = ini_get('upload_max_filesize')) {
6463 $filesize = '5M';
6465 $minimumsize = get_real_size($filesize);
6467 if ($postsize = ini_get('post_max_size')) {
6468 $postsize = get_real_size($postsize);
6469 if ($postsize < $minimumsize) {
6470 $minimumsize = $postsize;
6474 if (($sitebytes > 0) and ($sitebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6475 $minimumsize = $sitebytes;
6478 if (($coursebytes > 0) and ($coursebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6479 $minimumsize = $coursebytes;
6482 if (($modulebytes > 0) and ($modulebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6483 $minimumsize = $modulebytes;
6486 return $minimumsize;
6490 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files for the current user
6492 * This function takes in account {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} the user's capabilities
6494 * @param context $context The context in which to check user capabilities
6495 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6496 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6497 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6498 * @param stdClass $user The user
6499 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
6500 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
6502 function get_user_max_upload_file_size($context, $sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $user = null,
6503 $unused = false) {
6504 global $USER;
6506 if (empty($user)) {
6507 $user = $USER;
6510 if (has_capability('moodle/course:ignorefilesizelimits', $context, $user)) {
6511 return USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS;
6514 return get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes);
6518 * Returns an array of possible sizes in local language
6520 * Related to {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} - this function returns an
6521 * array of possible sizes in an array, translated to the
6522 * local language.
6524 * The list of options will go up to the minimum of $sitebytes, $coursebytes or $modulebytes.
6526 * If $coursebytes or $sitebytes is not 0, an option will be included for "Course/Site upload limit (X)"
6527 * with the value set to 0. This option will be the first in the list.
6529 * @uses SORT_NUMERIC
6530 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6531 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6532 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6533 * @param int|array $custombytes custom upload size/s which will be added to list,
6534 * Only value/s smaller then maxsize will be added to list.
6535 * @return array
6537 function get_max_upload_sizes($sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $custombytes = null) {
6538 global $CFG;
6540 if (!$maxsize = get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes)) {
6541 return array();
6544 if ($sitebytes == 0) {
6545 // Will get the minimum of upload_max_filesize or post_max_size.
6546 $sitebytes = get_max_upload_file_size();
6549 $filesize = array();
6550 $sizelist = array(10240, 51200, 102400, 512000, 1048576, 2097152,
6551 5242880, 10485760, 20971520, 52428800, 104857600);
6553 // If custombytes is given and is valid then add it to the list.
6554 if (is_number($custombytes) and $custombytes > 0) {
6555 $custombytes = (int)$custombytes;
6556 if (!in_array($custombytes, $sizelist)) {
6557 $sizelist[] = $custombytes;
6559 } else if (is_array($custombytes)) {
6560 $sizelist = array_unique(array_merge($sizelist, $custombytes));
6563 // Allow maxbytes to be selected if it falls outside the above boundaries.
6564 if (isset($CFG->maxbytes) && !in_array(get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes), $sizelist)) {
6565 // Note: get_real_size() is used in order to prevent problems with invalid values.
6566 $sizelist[] = get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes);
6569 foreach ($sizelist as $sizebytes) {
6570 if ($sizebytes < $maxsize && $sizebytes > 0) {
6571 $filesize[(string)intval($sizebytes)] = display_size($sizebytes);
6575 $limitlevel = '';
6576 $displaysize = '';
6577 if ($modulebytes &&
6578 (($modulebytes < $coursebytes || $coursebytes == 0) &&
6579 ($modulebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0))) {
6580 $limitlevel = get_string('activity', 'core');
6581 $displaysize = display_size($modulebytes);
6582 $filesize[$modulebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6584 } else if ($coursebytes && ($coursebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0)) {
6585 $limitlevel = get_string('course', 'core');
6586 $displaysize = display_size($coursebytes);
6587 $filesize[$coursebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6589 } else if ($sitebytes) {
6590 $limitlevel = get_string('site', 'core');
6591 $displaysize = display_size($sitebytes);
6592 $filesize[$sitebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6595 krsort($filesize, SORT_NUMERIC);
6596 if ($limitlevel) {
6597 $params = (object) array('contextname' => $limitlevel, 'displaysize' => $displaysize);
6598 $filesize = array('0' => get_string('uploadlimitwithsize', 'core', $params)) + $filesize;
6601 return $filesize;
6605 * Returns an array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir.
6607 * If excludefiles is defined, then that file/directory is ignored
6608 * If getdirs is true, then (sub)directories are included in the output
6609 * If getfiles is true, then files are included in the output
6610 * (at least one of these must be true!)
6612 * @todo Finish documenting this function. Add examples of $excludefile usage.
6614 * @param string $rootdir A given root directory to start from
6615 * @param string|array $excludefiles If defined then the specified file/directory is ignored
6616 * @param bool $descend If true then subdirectories are recursed as well
6617 * @param bool $getdirs If true then (sub)directories are included in the output
6618 * @param bool $getfiles If true then files are included in the output
6619 * @return array An array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir
6621 function get_directory_list($rootdir, $excludefiles='', $descend=true, $getdirs=false, $getfiles=true) {
6623 $dirs = array();
6625 if (!$getdirs and !$getfiles) { // Nothing to show.
6626 return $dirs;
6629 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) { // Must be a directory.
6630 return $dirs;
6633 if (!$dir = opendir($rootdir)) { // Can't open it for some reason.
6634 return $dirs;
6637 if (!is_array($excludefiles)) {
6638 $excludefiles = array($excludefiles);
6641 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
6642 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
6643 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or in_array($file, $excludefiles)) {
6644 continue;
6646 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
6647 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
6648 if ($getdirs) {
6649 $dirs[] = $file;
6651 if ($descend) {
6652 $subdirs = get_directory_list($fullfile, $excludefiles, $descend, $getdirs, $getfiles);
6653 foreach ($subdirs as $subdir) {
6654 $dirs[] = $file .'/'. $subdir;
6657 } else if ($getfiles) {
6658 $dirs[] = $file;
6661 closedir($dir);
6663 asort($dirs);
6665 return $dirs;
6670 * Adds up all the files in a directory and works out the size.
6672 * @param string $rootdir The directory to start from
6673 * @param string $excludefile A file to exclude when summing directory size
6674 * @return int The summed size of all files and subfiles within the root directory
6676 function get_directory_size($rootdir, $excludefile='') {
6677 global $CFG;
6679 // Do it this way if we can, it's much faster.
6680 if (!empty($CFG->pathtodu) && is_executable(trim($CFG->pathtodu))) {
6681 $command = trim($CFG->pathtodu).' -sk '.escapeshellarg($rootdir);
6682 $output = null;
6683 $return = null;
6684 exec($command, $output, $return);
6685 if (is_array($output)) {
6686 // We told it to return k.
6687 return get_real_size(intval($output[0]).'k');
6691 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) {
6692 // Must be a directory.
6693 return 0;
6696 if (!$dir = @opendir($rootdir)) {
6697 // Can't open it for some reason.
6698 return 0;
6701 $size = 0;
6703 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
6704 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
6705 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or $file == $excludefile) {
6706 continue;
6708 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
6709 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
6710 $size += get_directory_size($fullfile, $excludefile);
6711 } else {
6712 $size += filesize($fullfile);
6715 closedir($dir);
6717 return $size;
6721 * Converts bytes into display form
6723 * @static string $gb Localized string for size in gigabytes
6724 * @static string $mb Localized string for size in megabytes
6725 * @static string $kb Localized string for size in kilobytes
6726 * @static string $b Localized string for size in bytes
6727 * @param int $size The size to convert to human readable form
6728 * @return string
6730 function display_size($size) {
6732 static $gb, $mb, $kb, $b;
6734 if ($size === USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS) {
6735 return get_string('unlimited');
6738 if (empty($gb)) {
6739 $gb = get_string('sizegb');
6740 $mb = get_string('sizemb');
6741 $kb = get_string('sizekb');
6742 $b = get_string('sizeb');
6745 if ($size >= 1073741824) {
6746 $size = round($size / 1073741824 * 10) / 10 . $gb;
6747 } else if ($size >= 1048576) {
6748 $size = round($size / 1048576 * 10) / 10 . $mb;
6749 } else if ($size >= 1024) {
6750 $size = round($size / 1024 * 10) / 10 . $kb;
6751 } else {
6752 $size = intval($size) .' '. $b; // File sizes over 2GB can not work in 32bit PHP anyway.
6754 return $size;
6758 * Cleans a given filename by removing suspicious or troublesome characters
6760 * @see clean_param()
6761 * @param string $string file name
6762 * @return string cleaned file name
6764 function clean_filename($string) {
6765 return clean_param($string, PARAM_FILE);
6769 // STRING TRANSLATION.
6772 * Returns the code for the current language
6774 * @category string
6775 * @return string
6777 function current_language() {
6778 global $CFG, $USER, $SESSION, $COURSE;
6780 if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang)) {
6781 // Allows overriding course-forced language (useful for admins to check
6782 // issues in courses whose language they don't understand).
6783 // Also used by some code to temporarily get language-related information in a
6784 // specific language (see force_current_language()).
6785 $return = $SESSION->forcelang;
6787 } else if (!empty($COURSE->id) and $COURSE->id != SITEID and !empty($COURSE->lang)) {
6788 // Course language can override all other settings for this page.
6789 $return = $COURSE->lang;
6791 } else if (!empty($SESSION->lang)) {
6792 // Session language can override other settings.
6793 $return = $SESSION->lang;
6795 } else if (!empty($USER->lang)) {
6796 $return = $USER->lang;
6798 } else if (isset($CFG->lang)) {
6799 $return = $CFG->lang;
6801 } else {
6802 $return = 'en';
6805 // Just in case this slipped in from somewhere by accident.
6806 $return = str_replace('_utf8', '', $return);
6808 return $return;
6812 * Returns parent language of current active language if defined
6814 * @category string
6815 * @param string $lang null means current language
6816 * @return string
6818 function get_parent_language($lang=null) {
6820 // Let's hack around the current language.
6821 if (!empty($lang)) {
6822 $oldforcelang = force_current_language($lang);
6825 $parentlang = get_string('parentlanguage', 'langconfig');
6826 if ($parentlang === 'en') {
6827 $parentlang = '';
6830 // Let's hack around the current language.
6831 if (!empty($lang)) {
6832 force_current_language($oldforcelang);
6835 return $parentlang;
6839 * Force the current language to get strings and dates localised in the given language.
6841 * After calling this function, all strings will be provided in the given language
6842 * until this function is called again, or equivalent code is run.
6844 * @param string $language
6845 * @return string previous $SESSION->forcelang value
6847 function force_current_language($language) {
6848 global $SESSION;
6849 $sessionforcelang = isset($SESSION->forcelang) ? $SESSION->forcelang : '';
6850 if ($language !== $sessionforcelang) {
6851 // Seting forcelang to null or an empty string disables it's effect.
6852 if (empty($language) || get_string_manager()->translation_exists($language, false)) {
6853 $SESSION->forcelang = $language;
6854 moodle_setlocale();
6857 return $sessionforcelang;
6861 * Returns current string_manager instance.
6863 * The param $forcereload is needed for CLI installer only where the string_manager instance
6864 * must be replaced during the install.php script life time.
6866 * @category string
6867 * @param bool $forcereload shall the singleton be released and new instance created instead?
6868 * @return core_string_manager
6870 function get_string_manager($forcereload=false) {
6871 global $CFG;
6873 static $singleton = null;
6875 if ($forcereload) {
6876 $singleton = null;
6878 if ($singleton === null) {
6879 if (empty($CFG->early_install_lang)) {
6881 if (empty($CFG->langlist)) {
6882 $translist = array();
6883 } else {
6884 $translist = explode(',', $CFG->langlist);
6887 if (!empty($CFG->config_php_settings['customstringmanager'])) {
6888 $classname = $CFG->config_php_settings['customstringmanager'];
6890 if (class_exists($classname)) {
6891 $implements = class_implements($classname);
6893 if (isset($implements['core_string_manager'])) {
6894 $singleton = new $classname($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist);
6895 return $singleton;
6897 } else {
6898 debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.
6899 ' does not implement the core_string_manager interface.');
6902 } else {
6903 debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.' can not be found.');
6907 $singleton = new core_string_manager_standard($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist);
6909 } else {
6910 $singleton = new core_string_manager_install();
6914 return $singleton;
6918 * Returns a localized string.
6920 * Returns the translated string specified by $identifier as
6921 * for $module. Uses the same format files as STphp.
6922 * $a is an object, string or number that can be used
6923 * within translation strings
6925 * eg 'hello {$a->firstname} {$a->lastname}'
6926 * or 'hello {$a}'
6928 * If you would like to directly echo the localized string use
6929 * the function {@link print_string()}
6931 * Example usage of this function involves finding the string you would
6932 * like a local equivalent of and using its identifier and module information
6933 * to retrieve it.<br/>
6934 * If you open moodle/lang/en/moodle.php and look near line 278
6935 * you will find a string to prompt a user for their word for 'course'
6936 * <code>
6937 * $string['course'] = 'Course';
6938 * </code>
6939 * So if you want to display the string 'Course'
6940 * in any language that supports it on your site
6941 * you just need to use the identifier 'course'
6942 * <code>
6943 * $mystring = '<strong>'. get_string('course') .'</strong>';
6944 * or
6945 * </code>
6946 * If the string you want is in another file you'd take a slightly
6947 * different approach. Looking in moodle/lang/en/calendar.php you find
6948 * around line 75:
6949 * <code>
6950 * $string['typecourse'] = 'Course event';
6951 * </code>
6952 * If you want to display the string "Course event" in any language
6953 * supported you would use the identifier 'typecourse' and the module 'calendar'
6954 * (because it is in the file calendar.php):
6955 * <code>
6956 * $mystring = '<h1>'. get_string('typecourse', 'calendar') .'</h1>';
6957 * </code>
6959 * As a last resort, should the identifier fail to map to a string
6960 * the returned string will be [[ $identifier ]]
6962 * In Moodle 2.3 there is a new argument to this function $lazyload.
6963 * Setting $lazyload to true causes get_string to return a lang_string object
6964 * rather than the string itself. The fetching of the string is then put off until
6965 * the string object is first used. The object can be used by calling it's out
6966 * method or by casting the object to a string, either directly e.g.
6967 * (string)$stringobject
6968 * or indirectly by using the string within another string or echoing it out e.g.
6969 * echo $stringobject
6970 * return "<p>{$stringobject}</p>";
6971 * It is worth noting that using $lazyload and attempting to use the string as an
6972 * array key will cause a fatal error as objects cannot be used as array keys.
6973 * But you should never do that anyway!
6974 * For more information {@link lang_string}
6976 * @category string
6977 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
6978 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored,
6979 * usually expressed as the filename in the language pack without the
6980 * .php on the end but can also be written as mod/forum or grade/export/xls.
6981 * If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
6982 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used
6983 * within translation strings
6984 * @param bool $lazyload If set to true a string object is returned instead of
6985 * the string itself. The string then isn't calculated until it is first used.
6986 * @return string The localized string.
6987 * @throws coding_exception
6989 function get_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lazyload = false) {
6990 global $CFG;
6992 // If the lazy load argument has been supplied return a lang_string object
6993 // instead.
6994 // We need to make sure it is true (and a bool) as you will see below there
6995 // used to be a forth argument at one point.
6996 if ($lazyload === true) {
6997 return new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7000 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') {
7001 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. The identifier cannot be empty. Please fix your get_string() call.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7004 // There is now a forth argument again, this time it is a boolean however so
7005 // we can still check for the old extralocations parameter.
7006 if (!is_bool($lazyload) && !empty($lazyload)) {
7007 debugging('extralocations parameter in get_string() is not supported any more, please use standard lang locations only.');
7010 if (strpos($component, '/') !== false) {
7011 debugging('The module name you passed to get_string is the deprecated format ' .
7012 'like mod/mymod or block/myblock. The correct form looks like mymod, or block_myblock.' , DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7013 $componentpath = explode('/', $component);
7015 switch ($componentpath[0]) {
7016 case 'mod':
7017 $component = $componentpath[1];
7018 break;
7019 case 'blocks':
7020 case 'block':
7021 $component = 'block_'.$componentpath[1];
7022 break;
7023 case 'enrol':
7024 $component = 'enrol_'.$componentpath[1];
7025 break;
7026 case 'format':
7027 $component = 'format_'.$componentpath[1];
7028 break;
7029 case 'grade':
7030 $component = 'grade'.$componentpath[1].'_'.$componentpath[2];
7031 break;
7035 $result = get_string_manager()->get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7037 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
7038 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) {
7039 $result .= ' {' . $identifier . '/' . $component . '}';
7041 return $result;
7045 * Converts an array of strings to their localized value.
7047 * @param array $array An array of strings
7048 * @param string $component The language module that these strings can be found in.
7049 * @return stdClass translated strings.
7051 function get_strings($array, $component = '') {
7052 $string = new stdClass;
7053 foreach ($array as $item) {
7054 $string->$item = get_string($item, $component);
7056 return $string;
7060 * Prints out a translated string.
7062 * Prints out a translated string using the return value from the {@link get_string()} function.
7064 * Example usage of this function when the string is in the moodle.php file:<br/>
7065 * <code>
7066 * echo '<strong>';
7067 * print_string('course');
7068 * echo '</strong>';
7069 * </code>
7071 * Example usage of this function when the string is not in the moodle.php file:<br/>
7072 * <code>
7073 * echo '<h1>';
7074 * print_string('typecourse', 'calendar');
7075 * echo '</h1>';
7076 * </code>
7078 * @category string
7079 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
7080 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored. If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
7081 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used within translation strings
7083 function print_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null) {
7084 echo get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7088 * Returns a list of charset codes
7090 * Returns a list of charset codes. It's hardcoded, so they should be added manually
7091 * (checking that such charset is supported by the texlib library!)
7093 * @return array And associative array with contents in the form of charset => charset
7095 function get_list_of_charsets() {
7097 $charsets = array(
7098 'EUC-JP' => 'EUC-JP',
7099 'ISO-2022-JP'=> 'ISO-2022-JP',
7100 'ISO-8859-1' => 'ISO-8859-1',
7101 'SHIFT-JIS' => 'SHIFT-JIS',
7102 'GB2312' => 'GB2312',
7103 'GB18030' => 'GB18030', // GB18030 not supported by typo and mbstring.
7104 'UTF-8' => 'UTF-8');
7106 asort($charsets);
7108 return $charsets;
7112 * Returns a list of valid and compatible themes
7114 * @return array
7116 function get_list_of_themes() {
7117 global $CFG;
7119 $themes = array();
7121 if (!empty($CFG->themelist)) { // Use admin's list of themes.
7122 $themelist = explode(',', $CFG->themelist);
7123 } else {
7124 $themelist = array_keys(core_component::get_plugin_list("theme"));
7127 foreach ($themelist as $key => $themename) {
7128 $theme = theme_config::load($themename);
7129 $themes[$themename] = $theme;
7132 core_collator::asort_objects_by_method($themes, 'get_theme_name');
7134 return $themes;
7138 * Factory function for emoticon_manager
7140 * @return emoticon_manager singleton
7142 function get_emoticon_manager() {
7143 static $singleton = null;
7145 if (is_null($singleton)) {
7146 $singleton = new emoticon_manager();
7149 return $singleton;
7153 * Provides core support for plugins that have to deal with emoticons (like HTML editor or emoticon filter).
7155 * Whenever this manager mentiones 'emoticon object', the following data
7156 * structure is expected: stdClass with properties text, imagename, imagecomponent,
7157 * altidentifier and altcomponent
7159 * @see admin_setting_emoticons
7161 * @copyright 2010 David Mudrak
7162 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7164 class emoticon_manager {
7167 * Returns the currently enabled emoticons
7169 * @return array of emoticon objects
7171 public function get_emoticons() {
7172 global $CFG;
7174 if (empty($CFG->emoticons)) {
7175 return array();
7178 $emoticons = $this->decode_stored_config($CFG->emoticons);
7180 if (!is_array($emoticons)) {
7181 // Something is wrong with the format of stored setting.
7182 debugging('Invalid format of emoticons setting, please resave the emoticons settings form', DEBUG_NORMAL);
7183 return array();
7186 return $emoticons;
7190 * Converts emoticon object into renderable pix_emoticon object
7192 * @param stdClass $emoticon emoticon object
7193 * @param array $attributes explicit HTML attributes to set
7194 * @return pix_emoticon
7196 public function prepare_renderable_emoticon(stdClass $emoticon, array $attributes = array()) {
7197 $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
7198 if ($stringmanager->string_exists($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent)) {
7199 $alt = get_string($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent);
7200 } else {
7201 $alt = s($emoticon->text);
7203 return new pix_emoticon($emoticon->imagename, $alt, $emoticon->imagecomponent, $attributes);
7207 * Encodes the array of emoticon objects into a string storable in config table
7209 * @see self::decode_stored_config()
7210 * @param array $emoticons array of emtocion objects
7211 * @return string
7213 public function encode_stored_config(array $emoticons) {
7214 return json_encode($emoticons);
7218 * Decodes the string into an array of emoticon objects
7220 * @see self::encode_stored_config()
7221 * @param string $encoded
7222 * @return string|null
7224 public function decode_stored_config($encoded) {
7225 $decoded = json_decode($encoded);
7226 if (!is_array($decoded)) {
7227 return null;
7229 return $decoded;
7233 * Returns default set of emoticons supported by Moodle
7235 * @return array of sdtClasses
7237 public function default_emoticons() {
7238 return array(
7239 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
7240 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
7241 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-D", 's/biggrin', 'biggrin'),
7242 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(";-)", 's/wink', 'wink'),
7243 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-/", 's/mixed', 'mixed'),
7244 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("V-.", 's/thoughtful', 'thoughtful'),
7245 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-P", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
7246 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-p", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
7247 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("B-)", 's/cool', 'cool'),
7248 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("^-)", 's/approve', 'approve'),
7249 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-)", 's/wideeyes', 'wideeyes'),
7250 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":o)", 's/clown', 'clown'),
7251 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
7252 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
7253 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-.", 's/shy', 'shy'),
7254 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-I", 's/blush', 'blush'),
7255 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-X", 's/kiss', 'kiss'),
7256 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-o", 's/surprise', 'surprise'),
7257 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("P-|", 's/blackeye', 'blackeye'),
7258 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-[", 's/angry', 'angry'),
7259 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(grr)", 's/angry', 'angry'),
7260 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("xx-P", 's/dead', 'dead'),
7261 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("|-.", 's/sleepy', 'sleepy'),
7262 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("}-]", 's/evil', 'evil'),
7263 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(h)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
7264 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(heart)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
7265 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(y)", 's/yes', 'yes', 'core'),
7266 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(n)", 's/no', 'no', 'core'),
7267 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(martin)", 's/martin', 'martin'),
7268 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("( )", 's/egg', 'egg'),
7273 * Helper method preparing the stdClass with the emoticon properties
7275 * @param string|array $text or array of strings
7276 * @param string $imagename to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
7277 * @param string $altidentifier alternative string identifier, null for no alt
7278 * @param string $altcomponent where the alternative string is defined
7279 * @param string $imagecomponent to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
7280 * @return stdClass
7282 protected function prepare_emoticon_object($text, $imagename, $altidentifier = null,
7283 $altcomponent = 'core_pix', $imagecomponent = 'core') {
7284 return (object)array(
7285 'text' => $text,
7286 'imagename' => $imagename,
7287 'imagecomponent' => $imagecomponent,
7288 'altidentifier' => $altidentifier,
7289 'altcomponent' => $altcomponent,
7294 // ENCRYPTION.
7297 * rc4encrypt
7299 * @param string $data Data to encrypt.
7300 * @return string The now encrypted data.
7302 function rc4encrypt($data) {
7303 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, '');
7307 * rc4decrypt
7309 * @param string $data Data to decrypt.
7310 * @return string The now decrypted data.
7312 function rc4decrypt($data) {
7313 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, 'de');
7317 * Based on a class by Mukul Sabharwal [mukulsabharwal @ yahoo.com]
7319 * @todo Finish documenting this function
7321 * @param string $pwd The password to use when encrypting or decrypting
7322 * @param string $data The data to be decrypted/encrypted
7323 * @param string $case Either 'de' for decrypt or '' for encrypt
7324 * @return string
7326 function endecrypt ($pwd, $data, $case) {
7328 if ($case == 'de') {
7329 $data = urldecode($data);
7332 $key[] = '';
7333 $box[] = '';
7334 $pwdlength = strlen($pwd);
7336 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) {
7337 $key[$i] = ord(substr($pwd, ($i % $pwdlength), 1));
7338 $box[$i] = $i;
7341 $x = 0;
7343 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) {
7344 $x = ($x + $box[$i] + $key[$i]) % 256;
7345 $tempswap = $box[$i];
7346 $box[$i] = $box[$x];
7347 $box[$x] = $tempswap;
7350 $cipher = '';
7352 $a = 0;
7353 $j = 0;
7355 for ($i = 0; $i < strlen($data); $i++) {
7356 $a = ($a + 1) % 256;
7357 $j = ($j + $box[$a]) % 256;
7358 $temp = $box[$a];
7359 $box[$a] = $box[$j];
7360 $box[$j] = $temp;
7361 $k = $box[(($box[$a] + $box[$j]) % 256)];
7362 $cipherby = ord(substr($data, $i, 1)) ^ $k;
7363 $cipher .= chr($cipherby);
7366 if ($case == 'de') {
7367 $cipher = urldecode(urlencode($cipher));
7368 } else {
7369 $cipher = urlencode($cipher);
7372 return $cipher;
7375 // ENVIRONMENT CHECKING.
7378 * This method validates a plug name. It is much faster than calling clean_param.
7380 * @param string $name a string that might be a plugin name.
7381 * @return bool if this string is a valid plugin name.
7383 function is_valid_plugin_name($name) {
7384 // This does not work for 'mod', bad luck, use any other type.
7385 return core_component::is_valid_plugin_name('tool', $name);
7389 * Get a list of all the plugins of a given type that define a certain API function
7390 * in a certain file. The plugin component names and function names are returned.
7392 * @param string $plugintype the type of plugin, e.g. 'mod' or 'report'.
7393 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
7394 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
7395 * names like report_courselist_hook.
7396 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
7397 * function. Defaults to lib.php.
7398 * @return array with frankenstyle plugin names as keys (e.g. 'report_courselist', 'mod_forum')
7399 * and the function names as values (e.g. 'report_courselist_hook', 'forum_hook').
7401 function get_plugin_list_with_function($plugintype, $function, $file = 'lib.php') {
7402 global $CFG;
7404 // We don't include here as all plugin types files would be included.
7405 $plugins = get_plugins_with_function($function, $file, false);
7407 if (empty($plugins[$plugintype])) {
7408 return array();
7411 $allplugins = core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
7413 // Reformat the array and include the files.
7414 $pluginfunctions = array();
7415 foreach ($plugins[$plugintype] as $pluginname => $functionname) {
7417 // Check that it has not been removed and the file is still available.
7418 if (!empty($allplugins[$pluginname])) {
7420 $filepath = $allplugins[$pluginname] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file;
7421 if (file_exists($filepath)) {
7422 include_once($filepath);
7423 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $pluginname] = $functionname;
7428 return $pluginfunctions;
7432 * Get a list of all the plugins that define a certain API function in a certain file.
7434 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
7435 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
7436 * names like report_courselist_hook.
7437 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
7438 * function. Defaults to lib.php.
7439 * @param bool $include Whether to include the files that contain the functions or not.
7440 * @return array with [plugintype][plugin] = functionname
7442 function get_plugins_with_function($function, $file = 'lib.php', $include = true) {
7443 global $CFG;
7445 $cache = \cache::make('core', 'plugin_functions');
7447 // Including both although I doubt that we will find two functions definitions with the same name.
7448 // Clearning the filename as cache_helper::hash_key only allows a-zA-Z0-9_.
7449 $key = $function . '_' . clean_param($file, PARAM_ALPHA);
7451 if ($pluginfunctions = $cache->get($key)) {
7453 // Checking that the files are still available.
7454 foreach ($pluginfunctions as $plugintype => $plugins) {
7456 $allplugins = \core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
7457 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $fullpath) {
7459 // Cache might be out of sync with the codebase, skip the plugin if it is not available.
7460 if (empty($allplugins[$plugin])) {
7461 unset($pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin]);
7462 continue;
7465 $fileexists = file_exists($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file);
7466 if ($include && $fileexists) {
7467 // Include the files if it was requested.
7468 include_once($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file);
7469 } else if (!$fileexists) {
7470 // If the file is not available any more it should not be returned.
7471 unset($pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin]);
7475 return $pluginfunctions;
7478 $pluginfunctions = array();
7480 // To fill the cached. Also, everything should continue working with cache disabled.
7481 $plugintypes = \core_component::get_plugin_types();
7482 foreach ($plugintypes as $plugintype => $unused) {
7484 // We need to include files here.
7485 $pluginswithfile = \core_component::get_plugin_list_with_file($plugintype, $file, true);
7486 foreach ($pluginswithfile as $plugin => $notused) {
7488 $fullfunction = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin . '_' . $function;
7490 $pluginfunction = false;
7491 if (function_exists($fullfunction)) {
7492 // Function exists with standard name. Store, indexed by frankenstyle name of plugin.
7493 $pluginfunction = $fullfunction;
7495 } else if ($plugintype === 'mod') {
7496 // For modules, we also allow plugin without full frankenstyle but just starting with the module name.
7497 $shortfunction = $plugin . '_' . $function;
7498 if (function_exists($shortfunction)) {
7499 $pluginfunction = $shortfunction;
7503 if ($pluginfunction) {
7504 if (empty($pluginfunctions[$plugintype])) {
7505 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype] = array();
7507 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin] = $pluginfunction;
7512 $cache->set($key, $pluginfunctions);
7514 return $pluginfunctions;
7519 * Lists plugin-like directories within specified directory
7521 * This function was originally used for standard Moodle plugins, please use
7522 * new core_component::get_plugin_list() now.
7524 * This function is used for general directory listing and backwards compatility.
7526 * @param string $directory relative directory from root
7527 * @param string $exclude dir name to exclude from the list (defaults to none)
7528 * @param string $basedir full path to the base dir where $plugin resides (defaults to $CFG->dirroot)
7529 * @return array Sorted array of directory names found under the requested parameters
7531 function get_list_of_plugins($directory='mod', $exclude='', $basedir='') {
7532 global $CFG;
7534 $plugins = array();
7536 if (empty($basedir)) {
7537 $basedir = $CFG->dirroot .'/'. $directory;
7539 } else {
7540 $basedir = $basedir .'/'. $directory;
7543 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper and empty($exclude)) {
7544 // Make sure devs do not use this to list normal plugins,
7545 // this is intended for general directories that are not plugins!
7547 $subtypes = core_component::get_plugin_types();
7548 if (in_array($basedir, $subtypes)) {
7549 debugging('get_list_of_plugins() should not be used to list real plugins, use core_component::get_plugin_list() instead!', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7551 unset($subtypes);
7554 if (file_exists($basedir) && filetype($basedir) == 'dir') {
7555 if (!$dirhandle = opendir($basedir)) {
7556 debugging("Directory permission error for plugin ({$directory}). Directory exists but cannot be read.", DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7557 return array();
7559 while (false !== ($dir = readdir($dirhandle))) {
7560 // Func: strpos is marginally but reliably faster than substr($dir, 0, 1).
7561 if (strpos($dir, '.') === 0 or $dir === 'CVS' or $dir === '_vti_cnf' or $dir === 'simpletest' or $dir === 'yui' or
7562 $dir === 'tests' or $dir === 'classes' or $dir === $exclude) {
7563 continue;
7565 if (filetype($basedir .'/'. $dir) != 'dir') {
7566 continue;
7568 $plugins[] = $dir;
7570 closedir($dirhandle);
7572 if ($plugins) {
7573 asort($plugins);
7575 return $plugins;
7579 * Invoke plugin's callback functions
7581 * @param string $type plugin type e.g. 'mod'
7582 * @param string $name plugin name
7583 * @param string $feature feature name
7584 * @param string $action feature's action
7585 * @param array $params parameters of callback function, should be an array
7586 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
7587 * @return mixed
7589 * @todo Decide about to deprecate and drop plugin_callback() - MDL-30743
7591 function plugin_callback($type, $name, $feature, $action, $params = null, $default = null) {
7592 return component_callback($type . '_' . $name, $feature . '_' . $action, (array) $params, $default);
7596 * Invoke component's callback functions
7598 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
7599 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
7600 * @param array $params parameters of callback function
7601 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
7602 * @return mixed
7604 function component_callback($component, $function, array $params = array(), $default = null) {
7606 $functionname = component_callback_exists($component, $function);
7608 if ($functionname) {
7609 // Function exists, so just return function result.
7610 $ret = call_user_func_array($functionname, $params);
7611 if (is_null($ret)) {
7612 return $default;
7613 } else {
7614 return $ret;
7617 return $default;
7621 * Determine if a component callback exists and return the function name to call. Note that this
7622 * function will include the required library files so that the functioname returned can be
7623 * called directly.
7625 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
7626 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
7627 * @return mixed Complete function name to call if the callback exists or false if it doesn't.
7628 * @throws coding_exception if invalid component specfied
7630 function component_callback_exists($component, $function) {
7631 global $CFG; // This is needed for the inclusions.
7633 $cleancomponent = clean_param($component, PARAM_COMPONENT);
7634 if (empty($cleancomponent)) {
7635 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
7637 $component = $cleancomponent;
7639 list($type, $name) = core_component::normalize_component($component);
7640 $component = $type . '_' . $name;
7642 $oldfunction = $name.'_'.$function;
7643 $function = $component.'_'.$function;
7645 $dir = core_component::get_component_directory($component);
7646 if (empty($dir)) {
7647 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
7650 // Load library and look for function.
7651 if (file_exists($dir.'/lib.php')) {
7652 require_once($dir.'/lib.php');
7655 if (!function_exists($function) and function_exists($oldfunction)) {
7656 if ($type !== 'mod' and $type !== 'core') {
7657 debugging("Please use new function name $function instead of legacy $oldfunction", DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7659 $function = $oldfunction;
7662 if (function_exists($function)) {
7663 return $function;
7665 return false;
7669 * Checks whether a plugin supports a specified feature.
7671 * @param string $type Plugin type e.g. 'mod'
7672 * @param string $name Plugin name e.g. 'forum'
7673 * @param string $feature Feature code (FEATURE_xx constant)
7674 * @param mixed $default default value if feature support unknown
7675 * @return mixed Feature result (false if not supported, null if feature is unknown,
7676 * otherwise usually true but may have other feature-specific value such as array)
7677 * @throws coding_exception
7679 function plugin_supports($type, $name, $feature, $default = null) {
7680 global $CFG;
7682 if ($type === 'mod' and $name === 'NEWMODULE') {
7683 // Somebody forgot to rename the module template.
7684 return false;
7687 $component = clean_param($type . '_' . $name, PARAM_COMPONENT);
7688 if (empty($component)) {
7689 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin_supports():' . $type . '_' . $name);
7692 $function = null;
7694 if ($type === 'mod') {
7695 // We need this special case because we support subplugins in modules,
7696 // otherwise it would end up in infinite loop.
7697 if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php")) {
7698 include_once("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php");
7699 $function = $component.'_supports';
7700 if (!function_exists($function)) {
7701 // Legacy non-frankenstyle function name.
7702 $function = $name.'_supports';
7706 } else {
7707 if (!$path = core_component::get_plugin_directory($type, $name)) {
7708 // Non existent plugin type.
7709 return false;
7711 if (file_exists("$path/lib.php")) {
7712 include_once("$path/lib.php");
7713 $function = $component.'_supports';
7717 if ($function and function_exists($function)) {
7718 $supports = $function($feature);
7719 if (is_null($supports)) {
7720 // Plugin does not know - use default.
7721 return $default;
7722 } else {
7723 return $supports;
7727 // Plugin does not care, so use default.
7728 return $default;
7732 * Returns true if the current version of PHP is greater that the specified one.
7734 * @todo Check PHP version being required here is it too low?
7736 * @param string $version The version of php being tested.
7737 * @return bool
7739 function check_php_version($version='5.2.4') {
7740 return (version_compare(phpversion(), $version) >= 0);
7744 * Determine if moodle installation requires update.
7746 * Checks version numbers of main code and all plugins to see
7747 * if there are any mismatches.
7749 * @return bool
7751 function moodle_needs_upgrading() {
7752 global $CFG;
7754 if (empty($CFG->version)) {
7755 return true;
7758 // There is no need to purge plugininfo caches here because
7759 // these caches are not used during upgrade and they are purged after
7760 // every upgrade.
7762 if (empty($CFG->allversionshash)) {
7763 return true;
7766 $hash = core_component::get_all_versions_hash();
7768 return ($hash !== $CFG->allversionshash);
7772 * Returns the major version of this site
7774 * Moodle version numbers consist of three numbers separated by a dot, for
7775 * example 1.9.11 or 2.0.2. The first two numbers, like 1.9 or 2.0, represent so
7776 * called major version. This function extracts the major version from either
7777 * $CFG->release (default) or eventually from the $release variable defined in
7778 * the main version.php.
7780 * @param bool $fromdisk should the version if source code files be used
7781 * @return string|false the major version like '2.3', false if could not be determined
7783 function moodle_major_version($fromdisk = false) {
7784 global $CFG;
7786 if ($fromdisk) {
7787 $release = null;
7788 require($CFG->dirroot.'/version.php');
7789 if (empty($release)) {
7790 return false;
7793 } else {
7794 if (empty($CFG->release)) {
7795 return false;
7797 $release = $CFG->release;
7800 if (preg_match('/^[0-9]+\.[0-9]+/', $release, $matches)) {
7801 return $matches[0];
7802 } else {
7803 return false;
7807 // MISCELLANEOUS.
7810 * Sets the system locale
7812 * @category string
7813 * @param string $locale Can be used to force a locale
7815 function moodle_setlocale($locale='') {
7816 global $CFG;
7818 static $currentlocale = ''; // Last locale caching.
7820 $oldlocale = $currentlocale;
7822 // Fetch the correct locale based on ostype.
7823 if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') {
7824 $stringtofetch = 'localewin';
7825 } else {
7826 $stringtofetch = 'locale';
7829 // The priority is the same as in get_string() - parameter, config, course, session, user, global language.
7830 if (!empty($locale)) {
7831 $currentlocale = $locale;
7832 } else if (!empty($CFG->locale)) { // Override locale for all language packs.
7833 $currentlocale = $CFG->locale;
7834 } else {
7835 $currentlocale = get_string($stringtofetch, 'langconfig');
7838 // Do nothing if locale already set up.
7839 if ($oldlocale == $currentlocale) {
7840 return;
7843 // Due to some strange BUG we cannot set the LC_TIME directly, so we fetch current values,
7844 // set LC_ALL and then set values again. Just wondering why we cannot set LC_ALL only??? - stronk7
7845 // Some day, numeric, monetary and other categories should be set too, I think. :-/.
7847 // Get current values.
7848 $monetary= setlocale (LC_MONETARY, 0);
7849 $numeric = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, 0);
7850 $ctype = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, 0);
7851 if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') {
7852 $messages= setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, 0);
7854 // Set locale to all.
7855 $result = setlocale (LC_ALL, $currentlocale);
7856 // If setting of locale fails try the other utf8 or utf-8 variant,
7857 // some operating systems support both (Debian), others just one (OSX).
7858 if ($result === false) {
7859 if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF-8') !== false) {
7860 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF-8', '.UTF8', $currentlocale);
7861 setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale);
7862 } else if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF8') !== false) {
7863 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF8', '.UTF-8', $currentlocale);
7864 setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale);
7867 // Set old values.
7868 setlocale (LC_MONETARY, $monetary);
7869 setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, $numeric);
7870 if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') {
7871 setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, $messages);
7873 if ($currentlocale == 'tr_TR' or $currentlocale == 'tr_TR.UTF-8') {
7874 // To workaround a well-known PHP problem with Turkish letter Ii.
7875 setlocale (LC_CTYPE, $ctype);
7880 * Count words in a string.
7882 * Words are defined as things between whitespace.
7884 * @category string
7885 * @param string $string The text to be searched for words.
7886 * @return int The count of words in the specified string
7888 function count_words($string) {
7889 $string = strip_tags($string);
7890 // Decode HTML entities.
7891 $string = html_entity_decode($string);
7892 // Replace underscores (which are classed as word characters) with spaces.
7893 $string = preg_replace('/_/u', ' ', $string);
7894 // Remove any characters that shouldn't be treated as word boundaries.
7895 $string = preg_replace('/[\'"’-]/u', '', $string);
7896 // Remove dots and commas from within numbers only.
7897 $string = preg_replace('/([0-9])[.,]([0-9])/u', '$1$2', $string);
7899 return count(preg_split('/\w\b/u', $string)) - 1;
7903 * Count letters in a string.
7905 * Letters are defined as chars not in tags and different from whitespace.
7907 * @category string
7908 * @param string $string The text to be searched for letters.
7909 * @return int The count of letters in the specified text.
7911 function count_letters($string) {
7912 $string = strip_tags($string); // Tags are out now.
7913 $string = preg_replace('/[[:space:]]*/', '', $string); // Whitespace are out now.
7915 return core_text::strlen($string);
7919 * Generate and return a random string of the specified length.
7921 * @param int $length The length of the string to be created.
7922 * @return string
7924 function random_string($length=15) {
7925 $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length);
7926 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ';
7927 $pool .= 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz';
7928 $pool .= '0123456789';
7929 $poollen = strlen($pool);
7930 $string = '';
7931 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) {
7932 $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
7933 $string .= substr($pool, ($rand%($poollen)), 1);
7935 return $string;
7939 * Generate a complex random string (useful for md5 salts)
7941 * This function is based on the above {@link random_string()} however it uses a
7942 * larger pool of characters and generates a string between 24 and 32 characters
7944 * @param int $length Optional if set generates a string to exactly this length
7945 * @return string
7947 function complex_random_string($length=null) {
7948 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789';
7949 $pool .= '`~!@#%^&*()_+-=[];,./<>?:{} ';
7950 $poollen = strlen($pool);
7951 if ($length===null) {
7952 $length = floor(rand(24, 32));
7954 $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length);
7955 $string = '';
7956 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) {
7957 $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
7958 $string .= $pool[($rand%$poollen)];
7960 return $string;
7964 * Try to generates cryptographically secure pseudo-random bytes.
7966 * Note this is achieved by fallbacking between:
7967 * - PHP 7 random_bytes().
7968 * - OpenSSL openssl_random_pseudo_bytes().
7969 * - In house random generator getting its entropy from various, hard to guess, pseudo-random sources.
7971 * @param int $length requested length in bytes
7972 * @return string binary data
7974 function random_bytes_emulate($length) {
7975 global $CFG;
7976 if ($length <= 0) {
7977 debugging('Invalid random bytes length', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7978 return '';
7980 if (function_exists('random_bytes')) {
7981 // Use PHP 7 goodness.
7982 $hash = @random_bytes($length);
7983 if ($hash !== false) {
7984 return $hash;
7987 if (function_exists('openssl_random_pseudo_bytes')) {
7988 // If you have the openssl extension enabled.
7989 $hash = openssl_random_pseudo_bytes($length);
7990 if ($hash !== false) {
7991 return $hash;
7995 // Bad luck, there is no reliable random generator, let's just slowly hash some unique stuff that is hard to guess.
7996 $staticdata = serialize($CFG) . serialize($_SERVER);
7997 $hash = '';
7998 do {
7999 $hash .= sha1($staticdata . microtime(true) . uniqid('', true), true);
8000 } while (strlen($hash) < $length);
8002 return substr($hash, 0, $length);
8006 * Given some text (which may contain HTML) and an ideal length,
8007 * this function truncates the text neatly on a word boundary if possible
8009 * @category string
8010 * @param string $text text to be shortened
8011 * @param int $ideal ideal string length
8012 * @param boolean $exact if false, $text will not be cut mid-word
8013 * @param string $ending The string to append if the passed string is truncated
8014 * @return string $truncate shortened string
8016 function shorten_text($text, $ideal=30, $exact = false, $ending='...') {
8017 // If the plain text is shorter than the maximum length, return the whole text.
8018 if (core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/<.*?>/', '', $text)) <= $ideal) {
8019 return $text;
8022 // Splits on HTML tags. Each open/close/empty tag will be the first thing
8023 // and only tag in its 'line'.
8024 preg_match_all('/(<.+?>)?([^<>]*)/s', $text, $lines, PREG_SET_ORDER);
8026 $totallength = core_text::strlen($ending);
8027 $truncate = '';
8029 // This array stores information about open and close tags and their position
8030 // in the truncated string. Each item in the array is an object with fields
8031 // ->open (true if open), ->tag (tag name in lower case), and ->pos
8032 // (byte position in truncated text).
8033 $tagdetails = array();
8035 foreach ($lines as $linematchings) {
8036 // If there is any html-tag in this line, handle it and add it (uncounted) to the output.
8037 if (!empty($linematchings[1])) {
8038 // If it's an "empty element" with or without xhtml-conform closing slash (f.e. <br/>).
8039 if (!preg_match('/^<(\s*.+?\/\s*|\s*(img|br|input|hr|area|base|basefont|col|frame|isindex|link|meta|param)(\s.+?)?)>$/is', $linematchings[1])) {
8040 if (preg_match('/^<\s*\/([^\s]+?)\s*>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8041 // Record closing tag.
8042 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8043 'open' => false,
8044 'tag' => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
8045 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
8048 } else if (preg_match('/^<\s*([^\s>!]+).*?>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8049 // Record opening tag.
8050 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8051 'open' => true,
8052 'tag' => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
8053 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
8055 } else if (preg_match('/^<!--\[if\s.*?\]>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8056 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8057 'open' => true,
8058 'tag' => core_text::strtolower('if'),
8059 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
8061 } else if (preg_match('/^<!--<!\[endif\]-->$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8062 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8063 'open' => false,
8064 'tag' => core_text::strtolower('if'),
8065 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
8069 // Add html-tag to $truncate'd text.
8070 $truncate .= $linematchings[1];
8073 // Calculate the length of the plain text part of the line; handle entities as one character.
8074 $contentlength = core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', ' ', $linematchings[2]));
8075 if ($totallength + $contentlength > $ideal) {
8076 // The number of characters which are left.
8077 $left = $ideal - $totallength;
8078 $entitieslength = 0;
8079 // Search for html entities.
8080 if (preg_match_all('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', $linematchings[2], $entities, PREG_OFFSET_CAPTURE)) {
8081 // Calculate the real length of all entities in the legal range.
8082 foreach ($entities[0] as $entity) {
8083 if ($entity[1]+1-$entitieslength <= $left) {
8084 $left--;
8085 $entitieslength += core_text::strlen($entity[0]);
8086 } else {
8087 // No more characters left.
8088 break;
8092 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
8094 // If the words shouldn't be cut in the middle...
8095 if (!$exact) {
8096 // Search the last occurence of a space.
8097 for (; $breakpos > 0; $breakpos--) {
8098 if ($char = core_text::substr($linematchings[2], $breakpos, 1)) {
8099 if ($char === '.' or $char === ' ') {
8100 $breakpos += 1;
8101 break;
8102 } else if (strlen($char) > 2) {
8103 // Chinese/Japanese/Korean text can be truncated at any UTF-8 character boundary.
8104 $breakpos += 1;
8105 break;
8110 if ($breakpos == 0) {
8111 // This deals with the test_shorten_text_no_spaces case.
8112 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
8113 } else if ($breakpos > $left + $entitieslength) {
8114 // This deals with the previous for loop breaking on the first char.
8115 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
8118 $truncate .= core_text::substr($linematchings[2], 0, $breakpos);
8119 // Maximum length is reached, so get off the loop.
8120 break;
8121 } else {
8122 $truncate .= $linematchings[2];
8123 $totallength += $contentlength;
8126 // If the maximum length is reached, get off the loop.
8127 if ($totallength >= $ideal) {
8128 break;
8132 // Add the defined ending to the text.
8133 $truncate .= $ending;
8135 // Now calculate the list of open html tags based on the truncate position.
8136 $opentags = array();
8137 foreach ($tagdetails as $taginfo) {
8138 if ($taginfo->open) {
8139 // Add tag to the beginning of $opentags list.
8140 array_unshift($opentags, $taginfo->tag);
8141 } else {
8142 // Can have multiple exact same open tags, close the last one.
8143 $pos = array_search($taginfo->tag, array_reverse($opentags, true));
8144 if ($pos !== false) {
8145 unset($opentags[$pos]);
8150 // Close all unclosed html-tags.
8151 foreach ($opentags as $tag) {
8152 if ($tag === 'if') {
8153 $truncate .= '<!--<![endif]-->';
8154 } else {
8155 $truncate .= '</' . $tag . '>';
8159 return $truncate;
8164 * Given dates in seconds, how many weeks is the date from startdate
8165 * The first week is 1, the second 2 etc ...
8167 * @param int $startdate Timestamp for the start date
8168 * @param int $thedate Timestamp for the end date
8169 * @return string
8171 function getweek ($startdate, $thedate) {
8172 if ($thedate < $startdate) {
8173 return 0;
8176 return floor(($thedate - $startdate) / WEEKSECS) + 1;
8180 * Returns a randomly generated password of length $maxlen. inspired by
8182 * {@link http://www.phpbuilder.com/columns/jesus19990502.php3} and
8183 * {@link http://es2.php.net/manual/en/function.str-shuffle.php#73254}
8185 * @param int $maxlen The maximum size of the password being generated.
8186 * @return string
8188 function generate_password($maxlen=10) {
8189 global $CFG;
8191 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) {
8192 $fillers = PASSWORD_DIGITS;
8193 $wordlist = file($CFG->wordlist);
8194 $word1 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
8195 $word2 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
8196 $filler1 = $fillers[rand(0, strlen($fillers) - 1)];
8197 $password = $word1 . $filler1 . $word2;
8198 } else {
8199 $minlen = !empty($CFG->minpasswordlength) ? $CFG->minpasswordlength : 0;
8200 $digits = $CFG->minpassworddigits;
8201 $lower = $CFG->minpasswordlower;
8202 $upper = $CFG->minpasswordupper;
8203 $nonalphanum = $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum;
8204 $total = $lower + $upper + $digits + $nonalphanum;
8205 // Var minlength should be the greater one of the two ( $minlen and $total ).
8206 $minlen = $minlen < $total ? $total : $minlen;
8207 // Var maxlen can never be smaller than minlen.
8208 $maxlen = $minlen > $maxlen ? $minlen : $maxlen;
8209 $additional = $maxlen - $total;
8211 // Make sure we have enough characters to fulfill
8212 // complexity requirements.
8213 $passworddigits = PASSWORD_DIGITS;
8214 while ($digits > strlen($passworddigits)) {
8215 $passworddigits .= PASSWORD_DIGITS;
8217 $passwordlower = PASSWORD_LOWER;
8218 while ($lower > strlen($passwordlower)) {
8219 $passwordlower .= PASSWORD_LOWER;
8221 $passwordupper = PASSWORD_UPPER;
8222 while ($upper > strlen($passwordupper)) {
8223 $passwordupper .= PASSWORD_UPPER;
8225 $passwordnonalphanum = PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM;
8226 while ($nonalphanum > strlen($passwordnonalphanum)) {
8227 $passwordnonalphanum .= PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM;
8230 // Now mix and shuffle it all.
8231 $password = str_shuffle (substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower), 0, $lower) .
8232 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordupper), 0, $upper) .
8233 substr(str_shuffle ($passworddigits), 0, $digits) .
8234 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $nonalphanum) .
8235 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower .
8236 $passwordupper .
8237 $passworddigits .
8238 $passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $additional));
8241 return substr ($password, 0, $maxlen);
8245 * Given a float, prints it nicely.
8246 * Localized floats must not be used in calculations!
8248 * The stripzeros feature is intended for making numbers look nicer in small
8249 * areas where it is not necessary to indicate the degree of accuracy by showing
8250 * ending zeros. If you turn it on with $decimalpoints set to 3, for example,
8251 * then it will display '5.4' instead of '5.400' or '5' instead of '5.000'.
8253 * @param float $float The float to print
8254 * @param int $decimalpoints The number of decimal places to print.
8255 * @param bool $localized use localized decimal separator
8256 * @param bool $stripzeros If true, removes final zeros after decimal point
8257 * @return string locale float
8259 function format_float($float, $decimalpoints=1, $localized=true, $stripzeros=false) {
8260 if (is_null($float)) {
8261 return '';
8263 if ($localized) {
8264 $separator = get_string('decsep', 'langconfig');
8265 } else {
8266 $separator = '.';
8268 $result = number_format($float, $decimalpoints, $separator, '');
8269 if ($stripzeros) {
8270 // Remove zeros and final dot if not needed.
8271 $result = preg_replace('~(' . preg_quote($separator) . ')?0+$~', '', $result);
8273 return $result;
8277 * Converts locale specific floating point/comma number back to standard PHP float value
8278 * Do NOT try to do any math operations before this conversion on any user submitted floats!
8280 * @param string $localefloat locale aware float representation
8281 * @param bool $strict If true, then check the input and return false if it is not a valid number.
8282 * @return mixed float|bool - false or the parsed float.
8284 function unformat_float($localefloat, $strict = false) {
8285 $localefloat = trim($localefloat);
8287 if ($localefloat == '') {
8288 return null;
8291 $localefloat = str_replace(' ', '', $localefloat); // No spaces - those might be used as thousand separators.
8292 $localefloat = str_replace(get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'), '.', $localefloat);
8294 if ($strict && !is_numeric($localefloat)) {
8295 return false;
8298 return (float)$localefloat;
8302 * Given a simple array, this shuffles it up just like shuffle()
8303 * Unlike PHP's shuffle() this function works on any machine.
8305 * @param array $array The array to be rearranged
8306 * @return array
8308 function swapshuffle($array) {
8310 $last = count($array) - 1;
8311 for ($i = 0; $i <= $last; $i++) {
8312 $from = rand(0, $last);
8313 $curr = $array[$i];
8314 $array[$i] = $array[$from];
8315 $array[$from] = $curr;
8317 return $array;
8321 * Like {@link swapshuffle()}, but works on associative arrays
8323 * @param array $array The associative array to be rearranged
8324 * @return array
8326 function swapshuffle_assoc($array) {
8328 $newarray = array();
8329 $newkeys = swapshuffle(array_keys($array));
8331 foreach ($newkeys as $newkey) {
8332 $newarray[$newkey] = $array[$newkey];
8334 return $newarray;
8338 * Given an arbitrary array, and a number of draws,
8339 * this function returns an array with that amount
8340 * of items. The indexes are retained.
8342 * @todo Finish documenting this function
8344 * @param array $array
8345 * @param int $draws
8346 * @return array
8348 function draw_rand_array($array, $draws) {
8350 $return = array();
8352 $last = count($array);
8354 if ($draws > $last) {
8355 $draws = $last;
8358 while ($draws > 0) {
8359 $last--;
8361 $keys = array_keys($array);
8362 $rand = rand(0, $last);
8364 $return[$keys[$rand]] = $array[$keys[$rand]];
8365 unset($array[$keys[$rand]]);
8367 $draws--;
8370 return $return;
8374 * Calculate the difference between two microtimes
8376 * @param string $a The first Microtime
8377 * @param string $b The second Microtime
8378 * @return string
8380 function microtime_diff($a, $b) {
8381 list($adec, $asec) = explode(' ', $a);
8382 list($bdec, $bsec) = explode(' ', $b);
8383 return $bsec - $asec + $bdec - $adec;
8387 * Given a list (eg a,b,c,d,e) this function returns
8388 * an array of 1->a, 2->b, 3->c etc
8390 * @param string $list The string to explode into array bits
8391 * @param string $separator The separator used within the list string
8392 * @return array The now assembled array
8394 function make_menu_from_list($list, $separator=',') {
8396 $array = array_reverse(explode($separator, $list), true);
8397 foreach ($array as $key => $item) {
8398 $outarray[$key+1] = trim($item);
8400 return $outarray;
8404 * Creates an array that represents all the current grades that
8405 * can be chosen using the given grading type.
8407 * Negative numbers
8408 * are scales, zero is no grade, and positive numbers are maximum
8409 * grades.
8411 * @todo Finish documenting this function or better deprecated this completely!
8413 * @param int $gradingtype
8414 * @return array
8416 function make_grades_menu($gradingtype) {
8417 global $DB;
8419 $grades = array();
8420 if ($gradingtype < 0) {
8421 if ($scale = $DB->get_record('scale', array('id'=> (-$gradingtype)))) {
8422 return make_menu_from_list($scale->scale);
8424 } else if ($gradingtype > 0) {
8425 for ($i=$gradingtype; $i>=0; $i--) {
8426 $grades[$i] = $i .' / '. $gradingtype;
8428 return $grades;
8430 return $grades;
8434 * make_unique_id_code
8436 * @todo Finish documenting this function
8438 * @uses $_SERVER
8439 * @param string $extra Extra string to append to the end of the code
8440 * @return string
8442 function make_unique_id_code($extra = '') {
8444 $hostname = 'unknownhost';
8445 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'])) {
8446 $hostname = $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'];
8447 } else if (!empty($_ENV['HTTP_HOST'])) {
8448 $hostname = $_ENV['HTTP_HOST'];
8449 } else if (!empty($_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'])) {
8450 $hostname = $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'];
8451 } else if (!empty($_ENV['SERVER_NAME'])) {
8452 $hostname = $_ENV['SERVER_NAME'];
8455 $date = gmdate("ymdHis");
8457 $random = random_string(6);
8459 if ($extra) {
8460 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random .'+'. $extra;
8461 } else {
8462 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random;
8468 * Function to check the passed address is within the passed subnet
8470 * The parameter is a comma separated string of subnet definitions.
8471 * Subnet strings can be in one of three formats:
8472 * 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn (number of bits in net mask)
8473 * 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy (a range of IP addresses in the last group)
8474 * 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx. (incomplete address, a bit non-technical ;-)
8475 * Code for type 1 modified from user posted comments by mediator at
8476 * {@link http://au.php.net/manual/en/function.ip2long.php}
8478 * @param string $addr The address you are checking
8479 * @param string $subnetstr The string of subnet addresses
8480 * @return bool
8482 function address_in_subnet($addr, $subnetstr) {
8484 if ($addr == '0.0.0.0') {
8485 return false;
8487 $subnets = explode(',', $subnetstr);
8488 $found = false;
8489 $addr = trim($addr);
8490 $addr = cleanremoteaddr($addr, false); // Normalise.
8491 if ($addr === null) {
8492 return false;
8494 $addrparts = explode(':', $addr);
8496 $ipv6 = strpos($addr, ':');
8498 foreach ($subnets as $subnet) {
8499 $subnet = trim($subnet);
8500 if ($subnet === '') {
8501 continue;
8504 if (strpos($subnet, '/') !== false) {
8505 // 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn.
8506 list($ip, $mask) = explode('/', $subnet);
8507 $mask = trim($mask);
8508 if (!is_number($mask)) {
8509 continue; // Incorect mask number, eh?
8511 $ip = cleanremoteaddr($ip, false); // Normalise.
8512 if ($ip === null) {
8513 continue;
8515 if (strpos($ip, ':') !== false) {
8516 // IPv6.
8517 if (!$ipv6) {
8518 continue;
8520 if ($mask > 128 or $mask < 0) {
8521 continue; // Nonsense.
8523 if ($mask == 0) {
8524 return true; // Any address.
8526 if ($mask == 128) {
8527 if ($ip === $addr) {
8528 return true;
8530 continue;
8532 $ipparts = explode(':', $ip);
8533 $modulo = $mask % 16;
8534 $ipnet = array_slice($ipparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
8535 $addrnet = array_slice($addrparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
8536 if (implode(':', $ipnet) === implode(':', $addrnet)) {
8537 if ($modulo == 0) {
8538 return true;
8540 $pos = ($mask-$modulo)/16;
8541 $ipnet = hexdec($ipparts[$pos]);
8542 $addrnet = hexdec($addrparts[$pos]);
8543 $mask = 0xffff << (16 - $modulo);
8544 if (($addrnet & $mask) == ($ipnet & $mask)) {
8545 return true;
8549 } else {
8550 // IPv4.
8551 if ($ipv6) {
8552 continue;
8554 if ($mask > 32 or $mask < 0) {
8555 continue; // Nonsense.
8557 if ($mask == 0) {
8558 return true;
8560 if ($mask == 32) {
8561 if ($ip === $addr) {
8562 return true;
8564 continue;
8566 $mask = 0xffffffff << (32 - $mask);
8567 if (((ip2long($addr) & $mask) == (ip2long($ip) & $mask))) {
8568 return true;
8572 } else if (strpos($subnet, '-') !== false) {
8573 // 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy. A range of IP addresses in the last group.
8574 $parts = explode('-', $subnet);
8575 if (count($parts) != 2) {
8576 continue;
8579 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
8580 // IPv6.
8581 if (!$ipv6) {
8582 continue;
8584 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
8585 if ($ipstart === null) {
8586 continue;
8588 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipstart);
8589 $start = hexdec(array_pop($ipparts));
8590 $ipparts[] = trim($parts[1]);
8591 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode(':', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
8592 if ($ipend === null) {
8593 continue;
8595 $ipparts[7] = '';
8596 $ipnet = implode(':', $ipparts);
8597 if (strpos($addr, $ipnet) !== 0) {
8598 continue;
8600 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipend);
8601 $end = hexdec($ipparts[7]);
8603 $addrend = hexdec($addrparts[7]);
8605 if (($addrend >= $start) and ($addrend <= $end)) {
8606 return true;
8609 } else {
8610 // IPv4.
8611 if ($ipv6) {
8612 continue;
8614 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
8615 if ($ipstart === null) {
8616 continue;
8618 $ipparts = explode('.', $ipstart);
8619 $ipparts[3] = trim($parts[1]);
8620 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode('.', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
8621 if ($ipend === null) {
8622 continue;
8625 if ((ip2long($addr) >= ip2long($ipstart)) and (ip2long($addr) <= ip2long($ipend))) {
8626 return true;
8630 } else {
8631 // 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx.
8632 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
8633 // IPv6.
8634 if (!$ipv6) {
8635 continue;
8637 $parts = explode(':', $subnet);
8638 $count = count($parts);
8639 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
8640 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing :'s.
8641 $count--;
8642 $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
8644 $isip = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
8645 if ($isip !== null) {
8646 if ($isip === $addr) {
8647 return true;
8649 continue;
8650 } else if ($count > 8) {
8651 continue;
8653 $zeros = array_fill(0, 8-$count, '0');
8654 $subnet = $subnet.':'.implode(':', $zeros).'/'.($count*16);
8655 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
8656 return true;
8659 } else {
8660 // IPv4.
8661 if ($ipv6) {
8662 continue;
8664 $parts = explode('.', $subnet);
8665 $count = count($parts);
8666 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
8667 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing .
8668 $count--;
8669 $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
8671 if ($count == 4) {
8672 $subnet = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
8673 if ($subnet === $addr) {
8674 return true;
8676 continue;
8677 } else if ($count > 4) {
8678 continue;
8680 $zeros = array_fill(0, 4-$count, '0');
8681 $subnet = $subnet.'.'.implode('.', $zeros).'/'.($count*8);
8682 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
8683 return true;
8689 return false;
8693 * For outputting debugging info
8695 * @param string $string The string to write
8696 * @param string $eol The end of line char(s) to use
8697 * @param string $sleep Period to make the application sleep
8698 * This ensures any messages have time to display before redirect
8700 function mtrace($string, $eol="\n", $sleep=0) {
8702 if (defined('STDOUT') && !PHPUNIT_TEST && !defined('BEHAT_TEST')) {
8703 fwrite(STDOUT, $string.$eol);
8704 } else {
8705 echo $string . $eol;
8708 flush();
8710 // Delay to keep message on user's screen in case of subsequent redirect.
8711 if ($sleep) {
8712 sleep($sleep);
8717 * Replace 1 or more slashes or backslashes to 1 slash
8719 * @param string $path The path to strip
8720 * @return string the path with double slashes removed
8722 function cleardoubleslashes ($path) {
8723 return preg_replace('/(\/|\\\){1,}/', '/', $path);
8727 * Is current ip in give list?
8729 * @param string $list
8730 * @return bool
8732 function remoteip_in_list($list) {
8733 $inlist = false;
8734 $clientip = getremoteaddr(null);
8736 if (!$clientip) {
8737 // Ensure access on cli.
8738 return true;
8741 $list = explode("\n", $list);
8742 foreach ($list as $subnet) {
8743 $subnet = trim($subnet);
8744 if (address_in_subnet($clientip, $subnet)) {
8745 $inlist = true;
8746 break;
8749 return $inlist;
8753 * Returns most reliable client address
8755 * @param string $default If an address can't be determined, then return this
8756 * @return string The remote IP address
8758 function getremoteaddr($default='0.0.0.0') {
8759 global $CFG;
8761 if (empty($CFG->getremoteaddrconf)) {
8762 // This will happen, for example, before just after the upgrade, as the
8763 // user is redirected to the admin screen.
8764 $variablestoskip = 0;
8765 } else {
8766 $variablestoskip = $CFG->getremoteaddrconf;
8768 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP)) {
8769 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP'])) {
8770 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP']);
8771 return $address ? $address : $default;
8774 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR)) {
8775 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'])) {
8776 $forwardedaddresses = explode(",", $_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR']);
8777 $address = $forwardedaddresses[0];
8779 if (substr_count($address, ":") > 1) {
8780 // Remove port and brackets from IPv6.
8781 if (preg_match("/\[(.*)\]:/", $address, $matches)) {
8782 $address = $matches[1];
8784 } else {
8785 // Remove port from IPv4.
8786 if (substr_count($address, ":") == 1) {
8787 $parts = explode(":", $address);
8788 $address = $parts[0];
8792 $address = cleanremoteaddr($address);
8793 return $address ? $address : $default;
8796 if (!empty($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) {
8797 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']);
8798 return $address ? $address : $default;
8799 } else {
8800 return $default;
8805 * Cleans an ip address. Internal addresses are now allowed.
8806 * (Originally local addresses were not allowed.)
8808 * @param string $addr IPv4 or IPv6 address
8809 * @param bool $compress use IPv6 address compression
8810 * @return string normalised ip address string, null if error
8812 function cleanremoteaddr($addr, $compress=false) {
8813 $addr = trim($addr);
8815 if (strpos($addr, ':') !== false) {
8816 // Can be only IPv6.
8817 $parts = explode(':', $addr);
8818 $count = count($parts);
8820 if (strpos($parts[$count-1], '.') !== false) {
8821 // Legacy ipv4 notation.
8822 $last = array_pop($parts);
8823 $ipv4 = cleanremoteaddr($last, true);
8824 if ($ipv4 === null) {
8825 return null;
8827 $bits = explode('.', $ipv4);
8828 $parts[] = dechex($bits[0]).dechex($bits[1]);
8829 $parts[] = dechex($bits[2]).dechex($bits[3]);
8830 $count = count($parts);
8831 $addr = implode(':', $parts);
8834 if ($count < 3 or $count > 8) {
8835 return null; // Severly malformed.
8838 if ($count != 8) {
8839 if (strpos($addr, '::') === false) {
8840 return null; // Malformed.
8842 // Uncompress.
8843 $insertat = array_search('', $parts, true);
8844 $missing = array_fill(0, 1 + 8 - $count, '0');
8845 array_splice($parts, $insertat, 1, $missing);
8846 foreach ($parts as $key => $part) {
8847 if ($part === '') {
8848 $parts[$key] = '0';
8853 $adr = implode(':', $parts);
8854 if (!preg_match('/^([0-9a-f]{1,4})(:[0-9a-f]{1,4})*$/i', $adr)) {
8855 return null; // Incorrect format - sorry.
8858 // Normalise 0s and case.
8859 $parts = array_map('hexdec', $parts);
8860 $parts = array_map('dechex', $parts);
8862 $result = implode(':', $parts);
8864 if (!$compress) {
8865 return $result;
8868 if ($result === '0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0') {
8869 return '::'; // All addresses.
8872 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0)+:0$/', '::', $result, 1);
8873 if ($compressed !== $result) {
8874 return $compressed;
8877 $compressed = preg_replace('/^(0:){2,7}/', '::', $result, 1);
8878 if ($compressed !== $result) {
8879 return $compressed;
8882 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0){2,6}:/', '::', $result, 1);
8883 if ($compressed !== $result) {
8884 return $compressed;
8887 return $result;
8890 // First get all things that look like IPv4 addresses.
8891 $parts = array();
8892 if (!preg_match('/^(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})$/', $addr, $parts)) {
8893 return null;
8895 unset($parts[0]);
8897 foreach ($parts as $key => $match) {
8898 if ($match > 255) {
8899 return null;
8901 $parts[$key] = (int)$match; // Normalise 0s.
8904 return implode('.', $parts);
8909 * Is IP address a public address?
8911 * @param string $ip The ip to check
8912 * @return bool true if the ip is public
8914 function ip_is_public($ip) {
8915 return (bool) filter_var($ip, FILTER_VALIDATE_IP, (FILTER_FLAG_NO_PRIV_RANGE | FILTER_FLAG_NO_RES_RANGE));
8919 * This function will make a complete copy of anything it's given,
8920 * regardless of whether it's an object or not.
8922 * @param mixed $thing Something you want cloned
8923 * @return mixed What ever it is you passed it
8925 function fullclone($thing) {
8926 return unserialize(serialize($thing));
8930 * Used to make sure that $min <= $value <= $max
8932 * Make sure that value is between min, and max
8934 * @param int $min The minimum value
8935 * @param int $value The value to check
8936 * @param int $max The maximum value
8937 * @return int
8939 function bounded_number($min, $value, $max) {
8940 if ($value < $min) {
8941 return $min;
8943 if ($value > $max) {
8944 return $max;
8946 return $value;
8950 * Check if there is a nested array within the passed array
8952 * @param array $array
8953 * @return bool true if there is a nested array false otherwise
8955 function array_is_nested($array) {
8956 foreach ($array as $value) {
8957 if (is_array($value)) {
8958 return true;
8961 return false;
8965 * get_performance_info() pairs up with init_performance_info()
8966 * loaded in setup.php. Returns an array with 'html' and 'txt'
8967 * values ready for use, and each of the individual stats provided
8968 * separately as well.
8970 * @return array
8972 function get_performance_info() {
8973 global $CFG, $PERF, $DB, $PAGE;
8975 $info = array();
8976 $info['txt'] = me() . ' '; // Holds log-friendly representation.
8978 $info['html'] = '';
8979 if (!empty($CFG->themedesignermode)) {
8980 // Attempt to avoid devs debugging peformance issues, when its caused by css building and so on.
8981 $info['html'] .= '<p><strong>Warning: Theme designer mode is enabled.</strong></p>';
8983 $info['html'] .= '<ul class="list-unstyled m-l-1">'; // Holds userfriendly HTML representation.
8985 $info['realtime'] = microtime_diff($PERF->starttime, microtime());
8987 $info['html'] .= '<li class="timeused">'.$info['realtime'].' secs</li> ';
8988 $info['txt'] .= 'time: '.$info['realtime'].'s ';
8990 if (function_exists('memory_get_usage')) {
8991 $info['memory_total'] = memory_get_usage();
8992 $info['memory_growth'] = memory_get_usage() - $PERF->startmemory;
8993 $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused">RAM: '.display_size($info['memory_total']).'</li> ';
8994 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_total: '.$info['memory_total'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_total']).') memory_growth: '.
8995 $info['memory_growth'].'B ('.display_size($info['memory_growth']).') ';
8998 if (function_exists('memory_get_peak_usage')) {
8999 $info['memory_peak'] = memory_get_peak_usage();
9000 $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused">RAM peak: '.display_size($info['memory_peak']).'</li> ';
9001 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_peak: '.$info['memory_peak'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_peak']).') ';
9004 $inc = get_included_files();
9005 $info['includecount'] = count($inc);
9006 $info['html'] .= '<li class="included">Included '.$info['includecount'].' files</li> ';
9007 $info['txt'] .= 'includecount: '.$info['includecount'].' ';
9009 if (!empty($CFG->early_install_lang) or empty($PAGE)) {
9010 // We can not track more performance before installation or before PAGE init, sorry.
9011 return $info;
9014 $filtermanager = filter_manager::instance();
9015 if (method_exists($filtermanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
9016 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $filtermanager->get_performance_summary();
9017 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
9018 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
9019 $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
9020 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
9024 $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
9025 if (method_exists($stringmanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
9026 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $stringmanager->get_performance_summary();
9027 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
9028 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
9029 $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
9030 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
9034 if (!empty($PERF->logwrites)) {
9035 $info['logwrites'] = $PERF->logwrites;
9036 $info['html'] .= '<li class="logwrites">Log DB writes '.$info['logwrites'].'</li> ';
9037 $info['txt'] .= 'logwrites: '.$info['logwrites'].' ';
9040 $info['dbqueries'] = $DB->perf_get_reads().'/'.($DB->perf_get_writes() - $PERF->logwrites);
9041 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries">DB reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].'</li> ';
9042 $info['txt'] .= 'db reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].' ';
9044 $info['dbtime'] = round($DB->perf_get_queries_time(), 5);
9045 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbtime">DB queries time: '.$info['dbtime'].' secs</li> ';
9046 $info['txt'] .= 'db queries time: ' . $info['dbtime'] . 's ';
9048 if (function_exists('posix_times')) {
9049 $ptimes = posix_times();
9050 if (is_array($ptimes)) {
9051 foreach ($ptimes as $key => $val) {
9052 $info[$key] = $ptimes[$key] - $PERF->startposixtimes[$key];
9054 $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"posixtimes\">ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime]</li> ";
9055 $info['txt'] .= "ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] ";
9059 // Grab the load average for the last minute.
9060 // /proc will only work under some linux configurations
9061 // while uptime is there under MacOSX/Darwin and other unices.
9062 if (is_readable('/proc/loadavg') && $loadavg = @file('/proc/loadavg')) {
9063 list($serverload) = explode(' ', $loadavg[0]);
9064 unset($loadavg);
9065 } else if ( function_exists('is_executable') && is_executable('/usr/bin/uptime') && $loadavg = `/usr/bin/uptime` ) {
9066 if (preg_match('/load averages?: (\d+[\.,:]\d+)/', $loadavg, $matches)) {
9067 $serverload = $matches[1];
9068 } else {
9069 trigger_error('Could not parse uptime output!');
9072 if (!empty($serverload)) {
9073 $info['serverload'] = $serverload;
9074 $info['html'] .= '<li class="serverload">Load average: '.$info['serverload'].'</li> ';
9075 $info['txt'] .= "serverload: {$info['serverload']} ";
9078 // Display size of session if session started.
9079 if ($si = \core\session\manager::get_performance_info()) {
9080 $info['sessionsize'] = $si['size'];
9081 $info['html'] .= $si['html'];
9082 $info['txt'] .= $si['txt'];
9085 if ($stats = cache_helper::get_stats()) {
9086 $html = '<ul class="cachesused list-unstyled m-l-1">';
9087 $html .= '<li class="cache-stats-heading">Caches used (hits/misses/sets)</li>';
9088 $text = 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): ';
9089 $hits = 0;
9090 $misses = 0;
9091 $sets = 0;
9092 foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
9093 switch ($details['mode']) {
9094 case cache_store::MODE_APPLICATION:
9095 $modeclass = 'application';
9096 $mode = ' <span title="application cache">[a]</span>';
9097 break;
9098 case cache_store::MODE_SESSION:
9099 $modeclass = 'session';
9100 $mode = ' <span title="session cache">[s]</span>';
9101 break;
9102 case cache_store::MODE_REQUEST:
9103 $modeclass = 'request';
9104 $mode = ' <span title="request cache">[r]</span>';
9105 break;
9107 $html .= '<ul class="cache-definition-stats list-unstyled m-l-1 cache-mode-'.$modeclass.'">';
9108 $html .= '<li class="cache-definition-stats-heading p-t-1">'.$definition.$mode.'</li>';
9109 $text .= "$definition {";
9110 foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) {
9111 $hits += $data['hits'];
9112 $misses += $data['misses'];
9113 $sets += $data['sets'];
9114 if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) {
9115 $cachestoreclass = 'nohits text-danger';
9116 } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) {
9117 $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits text-warning';
9118 } else {
9119 $cachestoreclass = 'hihits text-success';
9121 $text .= "$store($data[hits]/$data[misses]/$data[sets]) ";
9122 $html .= "<li class=\"cache-store-stats $cachestoreclass\">$store: $data[hits] / $data[misses] / $data[sets]</li>";
9124 $html .= '</ul>';
9125 $text .= '} ';
9127 $html .= '</ul> ';
9128 $html .= "<div class='cache-total-stats row'>Total: $hits / $misses / $sets</div>";
9129 $info['cachesused'] = "$hits / $misses / $sets";
9130 $info['html'] .= $html;
9131 $info['txt'] .= $text.'. ';
9132 } else {
9133 $info['cachesused'] = '0 / 0 / 0';
9134 $info['html'] .= '<div class="cachesused">Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0</div>';
9135 $info['txt'] .= 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0 ';
9138 $info['html'] = '<div class="performanceinfo siteinfo">'.$info['html'].'</div>';
9139 return $info;
9143 * Delete directory or only its content
9145 * @param string $dir directory path
9146 * @param bool $contentonly
9147 * @return bool success, true also if dir does not exist
9149 function remove_dir($dir, $contentonly=false) {
9150 if (!file_exists($dir)) {
9151 // Nothing to do.
9152 return true;
9154 if (!$handle = opendir($dir)) {
9155 return false;
9157 $result = true;
9158 while (false!==($item = readdir($handle))) {
9159 if ($item != '.' && $item != '..') {
9160 if (is_dir($dir.'/'.$item)) {
9161 $result = remove_dir($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
9162 } else {
9163 $result = unlink($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
9167 closedir($handle);
9168 if ($contentonly) {
9169 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
9170 return $result;
9172 $result = rmdir($dir); // If anything left the result will be false, no need for && $result.
9173 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
9174 return $result;
9178 * Detect if an object or a class contains a given property
9179 * will take an actual object or the name of a class
9181 * @param mix $obj Name of class or real object to test
9182 * @param string $property name of property to find
9183 * @return bool true if property exists
9185 function object_property_exists( $obj, $property ) {
9186 if (is_string( $obj )) {
9187 $properties = get_class_vars( $obj );
9188 } else {
9189 $properties = get_object_vars( $obj );
9191 return array_key_exists( $property, $properties );
9195 * Converts an object into an associative array
9197 * This function converts an object into an associative array by iterating
9198 * over its public properties. Because this function uses the foreach
9199 * construct, Iterators are respected. It works recursively on arrays of objects.
9200 * Arrays and simple values are returned as is.
9202 * If class has magic properties, it can implement IteratorAggregate
9203 * and return all available properties in getIterator()
9205 * @param mixed $var
9206 * @return array
9208 function convert_to_array($var) {
9209 $result = array();
9211 // Loop over elements/properties.
9212 foreach ($var as $key => $value) {
9213 // Recursively convert objects.
9214 if (is_object($value) || is_array($value)) {
9215 $result[$key] = convert_to_array($value);
9216 } else {
9217 // Simple values are untouched.
9218 $result[$key] = $value;
9221 return $result;
9225 * Detect a custom script replacement in the data directory that will
9226 * replace an existing moodle script
9228 * @return string|bool full path name if a custom script exists, false if no custom script exists
9230 function custom_script_path() {
9231 global $CFG, $SCRIPT;
9233 if ($SCRIPT === null) {
9234 // Probably some weird external script.
9235 return false;
9238 $scriptpath = $CFG->customscripts . $SCRIPT;
9240 // Check the custom script exists.
9241 if (file_exists($scriptpath) and is_file($scriptpath)) {
9242 return $scriptpath;
9243 } else {
9244 return false;
9249 * Returns whether or not the user object is a remote MNET user. This function
9250 * is in moodlelib because it does not rely on loading any of the MNET code.
9252 * @param object $user A valid user object
9253 * @return bool True if the user is from a remote Moodle.
9255 function is_mnet_remote_user($user) {
9256 global $CFG;
9258 if (!isset($CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) {
9259 include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php');
9260 $env = new mnet_environment();
9261 $env->init();
9262 unset($env);
9265 return (!empty($user->mnethostid) && $user->mnethostid != $CFG->mnet_localhost_id);
9269 * This function will search for browser prefereed languages, setting Moodle
9270 * to use the best one available if $SESSION->lang is undefined
9272 function setup_lang_from_browser() {
9273 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER;
9275 if (!empty($SESSION->lang) or !empty($USER->lang) or empty($CFG->autolang)) {
9276 // Lang is defined in session or user profile, nothing to do.
9277 return;
9280 if (!isset($_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'])) { // There isn't list of browser langs, nothing to do.
9281 return;
9284 // Extract and clean langs from headers.
9285 $rawlangs = $_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'];
9286 $rawlangs = str_replace('-', '_', $rawlangs); // We are using underscores.
9287 $rawlangs = explode(',', $rawlangs); // Convert to array.
9288 $langs = array();
9290 $order = 1.0;
9291 foreach ($rawlangs as $lang) {
9292 if (strpos($lang, ';') === false) {
9293 $langs[(string)$order] = $lang;
9294 $order = $order-0.01;
9295 } else {
9296 $parts = explode(';', $lang);
9297 $pos = strpos($parts[1], '=');
9298 $langs[substr($parts[1], $pos+1)] = $parts[0];
9301 krsort($langs, SORT_NUMERIC);
9303 // Look for such langs under standard locations.
9304 foreach ($langs as $lang) {
9305 // Clean it properly for include.
9306 $lang = strtolower(clean_param($lang, PARAM_SAFEDIR));
9307 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang, false)) {
9308 // Lang exists, set it in session.
9309 $SESSION->lang = $lang;
9310 // We have finished. Go out.
9311 break;
9314 return;
9318 * Check if $url matches anything in proxybypass list
9320 * Any errors just result in the proxy being used (least bad)
9322 * @param string $url url to check
9323 * @return boolean true if we should bypass the proxy
9325 function is_proxybypass( $url ) {
9326 global $CFG;
9328 // Sanity check.
9329 if (empty($CFG->proxyhost) or empty($CFG->proxybypass)) {
9330 return false;
9333 // Get the host part out of the url.
9334 if (!$host = parse_url( $url, PHP_URL_HOST )) {
9335 return false;
9338 // Get the possible bypass hosts into an array.
9339 $matches = explode( ',', $CFG->proxybypass );
9341 // Check for a match.
9342 // (IPs need to match the left hand side and hosts the right of the url,
9343 // but we can recklessly check both as there can't be a false +ve).
9344 foreach ($matches as $match) {
9345 $match = trim($match);
9347 // Try for IP match (Left side).
9348 $lhs = substr($host, 0, strlen($match));
9349 if (strcasecmp($match, $lhs)==0) {
9350 return true;
9353 // Try for host match (Right side).
9354 $rhs = substr($host, -strlen($match));
9355 if (strcasecmp($match, $rhs)==0) {
9356 return true;
9360 // Nothing matched.
9361 return false;
9365 * Check if the passed navigation is of the new style
9367 * @param mixed $navigation
9368 * @return bool true for yes false for no
9370 function is_newnav($navigation) {
9371 if (is_array($navigation) && !empty($navigation['newnav'])) {
9372 return true;
9373 } else {
9374 return false;
9379 * Checks whether the given variable name is defined as a variable within the given object.
9381 * This will NOT work with stdClass objects, which have no class variables.
9383 * @param string $var The variable name
9384 * @param object $object The object to check
9385 * @return boolean
9387 function in_object_vars($var, $object) {
9388 $classvars = get_class_vars(get_class($object));
9389 $classvars = array_keys($classvars);
9390 return in_array($var, $classvars);
9394 * Returns an array without repeated objects.
9395 * This function is similar to array_unique, but for arrays that have objects as values
9397 * @param array $array
9398 * @param bool $keepkeyassoc
9399 * @return array
9401 function object_array_unique($array, $keepkeyassoc = true) {
9402 $duplicatekeys = array();
9403 $tmp = array();
9405 foreach ($array as $key => $val) {
9406 // Convert objects to arrays, in_array() does not support objects.
9407 if (is_object($val)) {
9408 $val = (array)$val;
9411 if (!in_array($val, $tmp)) {
9412 $tmp[] = $val;
9413 } else {
9414 $duplicatekeys[] = $key;
9418 foreach ($duplicatekeys as $key) {
9419 unset($array[$key]);
9422 return $keepkeyassoc ? $array : array_values($array);
9426 * Is a userid the primary administrator?
9428 * @param int $userid int id of user to check
9429 * @return boolean
9431 function is_primary_admin($userid) {
9432 $primaryadmin = get_admin();
9434 if ($userid == $primaryadmin->id) {
9435 return true;
9436 } else {
9437 return false;
9442 * Returns the site identifier
9444 * @return string $CFG->siteidentifier, first making sure it is properly initialised.
9446 function get_site_identifier() {
9447 global $CFG;
9448 // Check to see if it is missing. If so, initialise it.
9449 if (empty($CFG->siteidentifier)) {
9450 set_config('siteidentifier', random_string(32) . $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']);
9452 // Return it.
9453 return $CFG->siteidentifier;
9457 * Check whether the given password has no more than the specified
9458 * number of consecutive identical characters.
9460 * @param string $password password to be checked against the password policy
9461 * @param integer $maxchars maximum number of consecutive identical characters
9462 * @return bool
9464 function check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $maxchars) {
9466 if ($maxchars < 1) {
9467 return true; // Zero 0 is to disable this check.
9469 if (strlen($password) <= $maxchars) {
9470 return true; // Too short to fail this test.
9473 $previouschar = '';
9474 $consecutivecount = 1;
9475 foreach (str_split($password) as $char) {
9476 if ($char != $previouschar) {
9477 $consecutivecount = 1;
9478 } else {
9479 $consecutivecount++;
9480 if ($consecutivecount > $maxchars) {
9481 return false; // Check failed already.
9485 $previouschar = $char;
9488 return true;
9492 * Helper function to do partial function binding.
9493 * so we can use it for preg_replace_callback, for example
9494 * this works with php functions, user functions, static methods and class methods
9495 * it returns you a callback that you can pass on like so:
9497 * $callback = partial('somefunction', $arg1, $arg2);
9498 * or
9499 * $callback = partial(array('someclass', 'somestaticmethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
9500 * or even
9501 * $obj = new someclass();
9502 * $callback = partial(array($obj, 'somemethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
9504 * and then the arguments that are passed through at calltime are appended to the argument list.
9506 * @param mixed $function a php callback
9507 * @param mixed $arg1,... $argv arguments to partially bind with
9508 * @return array Array callback
9510 function partial() {
9511 if (!class_exists('partial')) {
9513 * Used to manage function binding.
9514 * @copyright 2009 Penny Leach
9515 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9517 class partial{
9518 /** @var array */
9519 public $values = array();
9520 /** @var string The function to call as a callback. */
9521 public $func;
9523 * Constructor
9524 * @param string $func
9525 * @param array $args
9527 public function __construct($func, $args) {
9528 $this->values = $args;
9529 $this->func = $func;
9532 * Calls the callback function.
9533 * @return mixed
9535 public function method() {
9536 $args = func_get_args();
9537 return call_user_func_array($this->func, array_merge($this->values, $args));
9541 $args = func_get_args();
9542 $func = array_shift($args);
9543 $p = new partial($func, $args);
9544 return array($p, 'method');
9548 * helper function to load up and initialise the mnet environment
9549 * this must be called before you use mnet functions.
9551 * @return mnet_environment the equivalent of old $MNET global
9553 function get_mnet_environment() {
9554 global $CFG;
9555 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php');
9556 static $instance = null;
9557 if (empty($instance)) {
9558 $instance = new mnet_environment();
9559 $instance->init();
9561 return $instance;
9565 * during xmlrpc server code execution, any code wishing to access
9566 * information about the remote peer must use this to get it.
9568 * @return mnet_remote_client the equivalent of old $MNETREMOTE_CLIENT global
9570 function get_mnet_remote_client() {
9571 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
9572 debugging(get_string('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet'));
9573 return false;
9575 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9576 if (isset($MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT)) {
9577 return $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9579 return false;
9583 * during the xmlrpc server code execution, this will be called
9584 * to setup the object returned by {@link get_mnet_remote_client}
9586 * @param mnet_remote_client $client the client to set up
9587 * @throws moodle_exception
9589 function set_mnet_remote_client($client) {
9590 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
9591 throw new moodle_exception('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet');
9593 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9594 $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT = $client;
9598 * return the jump url for a given remote user
9599 * this is used for rewriting forum post links in emails, etc
9601 * @param stdclass $user the user to get the idp url for
9603 function mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user) {
9604 global $CFG;
9606 static $mnetjumps = array();
9607 if (!array_key_exists($user->mnethostid, $mnetjumps)) {
9608 $idp = mnet_get_peer_host($user->mnethostid);
9609 $idpjumppath = mnet_get_app_jumppath($idp->applicationid);
9610 $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid] = $idp->wwwroot . $idpjumppath . '?hostwwwroot=' . $CFG->wwwroot . '&wantsurl=';
9612 return $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid];
9616 * Gets the homepage to use for the current user
9618 * @return int One of HOMEPAGE_*
9620 function get_home_page() {
9621 global $CFG;
9623 if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser() && !empty($CFG->defaulthomepage)) {
9624 if ($CFG->defaulthomepage == HOMEPAGE_MY) {
9625 return HOMEPAGE_MY;
9626 } else {
9627 return (int)get_user_preferences('user_home_page_preference', HOMEPAGE_MY);
9630 return HOMEPAGE_SITE;
9634 * Gets the name of a course to be displayed when showing a list of courses.
9635 * By default this is just $course->fullname but user can configure it. The
9636 * result of this function should be passed through print_string.
9637 * @param stdClass|course_in_list $course Moodle course object
9638 * @return string Display name of course (either fullname or short + fullname)
9640 function get_course_display_name_for_list($course) {
9641 global $CFG;
9642 if (!empty($CFG->courselistshortnames)) {
9643 if (!($course instanceof stdClass)) {
9644 $course = (object)convert_to_array($course);
9646 return get_string('courseextendednamedisplay', '', $course);
9647 } else {
9648 return $course->fullname;
9653 * The lang_string class
9655 * This special class is used to create an object representation of a string request.
9656 * It is special because processing doesn't occur until the object is first used.
9657 * The class was created especially to aid performance in areas where strings were
9658 * required to be generated but were not necessarily used.
9659 * As an example the admin tree when generated uses over 1500 strings, of which
9660 * normally only 1/3 are ever actually printed at any time.
9661 * The performance advantage is achieved by not actually processing strings that
9662 * arn't being used, as such reducing the processing required for the page.
9664 * How to use the lang_string class?
9665 * There are two methods of using the lang_string class, first through the
9666 * forth argument of the get_string function, and secondly directly.
9667 * The following are examples of both.
9668 * 1. Through get_string calls e.g.
9669 * $string = get_string($identifier, $component, $a, true);
9670 * $string = get_string('yes', 'moodle', null, true);
9671 * 2. Direct instantiation
9672 * $string = new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a, $lang);
9673 * $string = new lang_string('yes');
9675 * How do I use a lang_string object?
9676 * The lang_string object makes use of a magic __toString method so that you
9677 * are able to use the object exactly as you would use a string in most cases.
9678 * This means you are able to collect it into a variable and then directly
9679 * echo it, or concatenate it into another string, or similar.
9680 * The other thing you can do is manually get the string by calling the
9681 * lang_strings out method e.g.
9682 * $string = new lang_string('yes');
9683 * $string->out();
9684 * Also worth noting is that the out method can take one argument, $lang which
9685 * allows the developer to change the language on the fly.
9687 * When should I use a lang_string object?
9688 * The lang_string object is designed to be used in any situation where a
9689 * string may not be needed, but needs to be generated.
9690 * The admin tree is a good example of where lang_string objects should be
9691 * used.
9692 * A more practical example would be any class that requries strings that may
9693 * not be printed (after all classes get renderer by renderers and who knows
9694 * what they will do ;))
9696 * When should I not use a lang_string object?
9697 * Don't use lang_strings when you are going to use a string immediately.
9698 * There is no need as it will be processed immediately and there will be no
9699 * advantage, and in fact perhaps a negative hit as a class has to be
9700 * instantiated for a lang_string object, however get_string won't require
9701 * that.
9703 * Limitations:
9704 * 1. You cannot use a lang_string object as an array offset. Doing so will
9705 * result in PHP throwing an error. (You can use it as an object property!)
9707 * @package core
9708 * @category string
9709 * @copyright 2011 Sam Hemelryk
9710 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9712 class lang_string {
9714 /** @var string The strings identifier */
9715 protected $identifier;
9716 /** @var string The strings component. Default '' */
9717 protected $component = '';
9718 /** @var array|stdClass Any arguments required for the string. Default null */
9719 protected $a = null;
9720 /** @var string The language to use when processing the string. Default null */
9721 protected $lang = null;
9723 /** @var string The processed string (once processed) */
9724 protected $string = null;
9727 * A special boolean. If set to true then the object has been woken up and
9728 * cannot be regenerated. If this is set then $this->string MUST be used.
9729 * @var bool
9731 protected $forcedstring = false;
9734 * Constructs a lang_string object
9736 * This function should do as little processing as possible to ensure the best
9737 * performance for strings that won't be used.
9739 * @param string $identifier The strings identifier
9740 * @param string $component The strings component
9741 * @param stdClass|array $a Any arguments the string requires
9742 * @param string $lang The language to use when processing the string.
9743 * @throws coding_exception
9745 public function __construct($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lang = null) {
9746 if (empty($component)) {
9747 $component = 'moodle';
9750 $this->identifier = $identifier;
9751 $this->component = $component;
9752 $this->lang = $lang;
9754 // We MUST duplicate $a to ensure that it if it changes by reference those
9755 // changes are not carried across.
9756 // To do this we always ensure $a or its properties/values are strings
9757 // and that any properties/values that arn't convertable are forgotten.
9758 if (!empty($a)) {
9759 if (is_scalar($a)) {
9760 $this->a = $a;
9761 } else if ($a instanceof lang_string) {
9762 $this->a = $a->out();
9763 } else if (is_object($a) or is_array($a)) {
9764 $a = (array)$a;
9765 $this->a = array();
9766 foreach ($a as $key => $value) {
9767 // Make sure conversion errors don't get displayed (results in '').
9768 if (is_array($value)) {
9769 $this->a[$key] = '';
9770 } else if (is_object($value)) {
9771 if (method_exists($value, '__toString')) {
9772 $this->a[$key] = $value->__toString();
9773 } else {
9774 $this->a[$key] = '';
9776 } else {
9777 $this->a[$key] = (string)$value;
9783 if (debugging(false, DEBUG_DEVELOPER)) {
9784 if (clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) == '') {
9785 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition');
9787 if (!empty($this->component) && clean_param($this->component, PARAM_COMPONENT) == '') {
9788 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string compontent. Please check your string definition');
9790 if (!get_string_manager()->string_exists($this->identifier, $this->component)) {
9791 debugging('String does not exist. Please check your string definition for '.$this->identifier.'/'.$this->component, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
9797 * Processes the string.
9799 * This function actually processes the string, stores it in the string property
9800 * and then returns it.
9801 * You will notice that this function is VERY similar to the get_string method.
9802 * That is because it is pretty much doing the same thing.
9803 * However as this function is an upgrade it isn't as tolerant to backwards
9804 * compatibility.
9806 * @return string
9807 * @throws coding_exception
9809 protected function get_string() {
9810 global $CFG;
9812 // Check if we need to process the string.
9813 if ($this->string === null) {
9814 // Check the quality of the identifier.
9815 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') {
9816 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
9819 // Process the string.
9820 $this->string = get_string_manager()->get_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $this->lang);
9821 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
9822 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) {
9823 $this->string .= ' {' . $this->identifier . '/' . $this->component . '}';
9826 // Return the string.
9827 return $this->string;
9831 * Returns the string
9833 * @param string $lang The langauge to use when processing the string
9834 * @return string
9836 public function out($lang = null) {
9837 if ($lang !== null && $lang != $this->lang && ($this->lang == null && $lang != current_language())) {
9838 if ($this->forcedstring) {
9839 debugging('lang_string objects that have been used cannot be printed in another language. ('.$this->lang.' used)', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
9840 return $this->get_string();
9842 $translatedstring = new lang_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $lang);
9843 return $translatedstring->out();
9845 return $this->get_string();
9849 * Magic __toString method for printing a string
9851 * @return string
9853 public function __toString() {
9854 return $this->get_string();
9858 * Magic __set_state method used for var_export
9860 * @return string
9862 public function __set_state() {
9863 return $this->get_string();
9867 * Prepares the lang_string for sleep and stores only the forcedstring and
9868 * string properties... the string cannot be regenerated so we need to ensure
9869 * it is generated for this.
9871 * @return string
9873 public function __sleep() {
9874 $this->get_string();
9875 $this->forcedstring = true;
9876 return array('forcedstring', 'string', 'lang');